Search results

(81 - 100 of 134)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1988-1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg college Catalog Augsburg College Catalog Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current...
Show more Augsburg college Catalog Augsburg College Catalog Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to of each student to know the requirements and change without notice. Jt is the ~espORd?ibiIi$~ academic policies in thk publicafian.If yau. have questions about anything in this Catalog, consult a faculty ad~iser,the Derm of fhe College, or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the Catalogfor correspondence or telephone inquiries. 0 ---7 f.-sl. a . -. -- I*--' Tableof Contents ,, --. - >. ' e-?>.~r .qL .dC fl- - , . I .:, . 2;-, , - ,L 8 ................................. ,., ....... ................................ - W Course Descriptions w Majors and Minors College Information: ........................................200 .......201 W Regents W ELCA, Education Division w Directory...................................... ........................... w Faculty Emeriti ........................... w Academic Calendar ................... 4 ..........................................209 .............................................223 7 Faculty w Maps Index ..........................................219 ... ,' ....... - ... .> --- ---.? ->>. -- ' , d .: 1 :k. , 4. i,$,-B, !&bL "., ......................... Administration --. -- ' : ! U.-T~~*;!~: , ., -- b--\!::.,; -. . . . I I ".~ ./f: , Facts and Figures 4 Introducing Augsburg Admissions 15 Financing Your Education 21 Student Life 39 Academic Information..............47 Departments and Programs .....71 4 -,,\ -5 . + '1 , -9 , -, .-, - I ! Augsburg College Facts aszd Figures Location - Augsburg College moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in1872. Foundedh1869hMarshall1 Wisconsin. Financial Aid - Approximately 85% of the students receive some form of financial aid from the c01lege and many other sources. Religious Affiliation -The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. 51% of students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant, 15% Roman Catholic. Library - Over 160,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Accreditation -North Central A s sociation of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing. Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Mimesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Enrollment (1987-88) -2,161 from 30 states and 29 nations. Graduates - from 1870 through May 22,1988 -10,138. SchoolYear-SeptembertoMay,41-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer schooI sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, September to June. Majors-More than40in20 departments. Off Campus Programs -Program in Global Community, StudentProject for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111. Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14.8 to 1. creed, national or ethnic origin, age, Class size averages 20-30. marital status, sex or handicap as Campus -15major buildings. Ma- required by Title IX of the 1972Edujor renovation 1979-80 with special cationalAmendmentsor Section504 emphasis on accessibility. 10 major of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as buildings are connected by a sky- amended, in its admission policies, ~ a y / t ~ m e l / e n c l ~ ~walkway €!d sys- educational programs, activities and employment practices. tem. Introducing Augsburg College Education in a Real World (C tt~dentscommonly speak of graduating from college as a L*'way of getting i n t ~"the real world!' In fact, Auphurg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of the curriculum, and the academic environment minor the camplexity of Life in contemporary society. The College's location in and involvement with a metropolitan setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career experiences, and social realities that enrich shtdents' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history horn which they come. The real world was not made this morning, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world as it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similar1y, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings. The College Mission Statement These qualities of an Augshrg education flow from its mission state ment which declares that the College exists to provide high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith arid vaIues of the Christian church and by the context of a great metropolitan center. Augsburgs location in the heart d the city represents the loom on which the multialored fabric of its idmtity has been woven. WhiIe students are pmpafed to take a place in and make a contibution to the worId in which they Iive, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of their own d u e s as they respond to it. "... based in the liberal arts" The academic program emphasizes the continuing vaZiditg of the liberal arts as a foundation for developing the Iife of the mind. Augsbmg CoIIege's faculty are dedicaid to chatlengvlg their students to achiwe the highest academic standards while supporting &em in that endeavor with excenent teaching and individual attention Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and communicationand to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued. Augsbtrrg College considers art understandingof the content and method of sdcnce, a arecognition of the place of technology,and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements of a complete education. This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to perfom a job. It reftwrs further a concerted attempt to direct students toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the educated person. "...within the context of a great metropolitan center" Yet, bounded as it is by an interslate freeway and the center of a vital city, Augsburg CoLlege is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The College community continually interacts with the city by attending culhrral events and civic activities and by inviting dty residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mmfms.The city M ~ maslaboratory for experiential leaning through Internships, professional field experiences, and Cooperative Education. "...and shaped b y faith and values" This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the ColIege affirmsits belief that all students should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values as part of becoming educated. Students are encouraged though religion courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to God, to others?to society, and to the world, Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these relationships is contained in the motto: "Education for Service." In these words the College expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through service to others. w ithin the larger community of the city and the world, Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents; of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds; and of complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and developed. About Augsburg A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by N o r w e a n Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in MarshalI, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men dearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: toeducateNorwegianLutherans to minister lo immigrants;and to provide such "coI1eg-e" studies tha t would prepare studentsfor theoIogical study. In 1874they proposed a three part pram first -train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, GeorgSverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s,Augsburg leadersformed the Friendsof Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregationalautonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the collegedivision was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changes This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911Georg SverdrupJr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg' admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvementin ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11,Augsburg leadersmade vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offeringa modem college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With cursimlum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all p p l e . During his years of leadership the College became a vita1 and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Umess Tower, the C o Z l e ~Center, Ice Arena and PsychoIogy Building. Since 1980 Augsbwg has been Ied by Charles S.Anderson We has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a libera1 arts education, emphasizingdiversityin enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the Esources of the city as extensions of the campus and classroom. Serving the Non-traditional Student Aupburg's American M i a n Program is recognized as mc~essful.The program has had the highest retention rate of W a n studentsin Minnesota -=me 85 percent.The Black Student Support Program, initiated in 1969, has had a growing number ofstudents and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office. The campus is accessible to the physimlly handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting ten major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence. Weekend College, started in 1982 with 69 students, had an enrollment of over SO0 in fa11 1988. Through Weekend College, adult students can work M l i m e and pursuea bachelor's degree that has a practicalfocus on a liberal arts base. In January of 1987 Augsburg initiated a Master of Arts in Leadership program. As in Weekend College, students can work full-time and take graduate courses leading to a master's degree. These programs bring working add& to the campus. They are comple mented by the College's Cooperative Education Progsam Cbegun in 19%) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. Tfte Co-op Education Program helps s tadents get career experience in additiun to their classroom studies. Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; the city with all its excitement, challengesanddiversity,is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.There arenow more than 11,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has c h g d much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sendsout graduates who make a difference where they live and work. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Muphy Square, the first of 155parksin the "City of Lake." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the .eitfs largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. (See map at back of book) Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the Directory in the back of this Catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7thPlaceat Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand TheNational Councilfor the Accreditationof Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional metliber of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connectsthe tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, 2222 Murphy Square, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Admissions Office - Located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. Augsburg College Center - Center of non-academic activity, with spaciousloungesand recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student govenunent and student publications. (1967) - Center for Global Education Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and CommunicationThe newest building on campus, estabIishes a new "front door" for the ColIege on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in magnition of the gifts of Julianand June Foss and those from a great numkr of alumni and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-NeIsonTheater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry program, drama, and communication. (1988) Ice Arena - With two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.(1974) Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiateand intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. (1961) Mortensen Tower -Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923to 1964, has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conferencerooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with classroomsused by other departments. Extensivelyremodelledin 1980,Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) ScienceHall-Houses classrooms, well-equippedlaboratories,amediumsized auditorium, and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. South Hall, Kueffner Apartments, and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) 2222 Murphy Square -Houses offices forWeekend College, the Graduate Program, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower - Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have givenseveral generous gifts to the College, providesliving quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966) Admissions A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community -the College community, and the larger community. Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -Admissions Office (612) 330-1001. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day (including Saturday mornings during the school year). Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first). Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application Procedures V For Freshmen Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay, and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Exarnination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT),or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previousacademicperformance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendationsmay be required by the AdmissionsCornmittee before an admissions decision is made. Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for financialaid are asked to make a$100non-refundabletuitiondeposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted studentswho are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Decision for Freshmen AugsburgoffersanEarlyDecisionProgramforstudentswho select Augsburg as a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the FFS or FAF after January 1. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested by writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted studentswho are not applying for financialaid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. V For Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. Application for Admission -Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. Transcript-An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the college(s)the student has attended is required. Transfer student applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must have an official transcript from their high school sent directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the applicationor discussed personally with an admissionscounselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg Collegeuses a l'rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission-Accepted students who are applying for financialaid are asked to make a$100 non-refundable tuitiondepositwithin 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financialaid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those studentswho wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. V For Former Students Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Studentswho have attended any other institution(s1during the absencefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office.Returning students do not pay the application fee. V For Special Students (Non-Degree) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (nondegree)and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequentlybecome candidatesfor a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Admissions Office. V For International Students Internationalstudentsshould consult with the Coordinator of International Student Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1 for Spring. To contact the Coordinator, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Coordinator of International Student Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 Your Education A 11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gifts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, a n d endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. College Costs 1988-89 The Board of Regents has approved the costslisted for the 1988-89academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. V Tuition, Fees, Room and Board .......................................................... Tuition (full-time enrollment) $8,020.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1988. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terns with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to most College-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. ........................................ Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course $595.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ................................ Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course. $298.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ...................................................$1,610.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ...........................................................$1,470.00 Room Rent (includes telephone). Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,430.00; the point plan is $1300.00. V Other Special Fees (Non-refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ........................................$5.00 Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ................ $10.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change/ grade option, or combination at one time) ............................$5.00 Introduction to Cinema Art .....$35.00 Life Drawing (See Interim Catalog for fee) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ....$298.00 Fees Payable by ChecWCash Application (new and/or special students) ................$15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests .......................................$95.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam ........................................$9.00 Locker Rental (commuters).......$5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ...$175.00 Class, per semester ...............$50.00 Radio-Television Production ...$ 10.00 Theater Technical Production .$35.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ..........$15.00 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) .......$150.00 Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ......... $125.00 Student Activity Fee .................. $85.00 Student Activity Fee (parttime students) .......................$42.50 Student Parking Lot Permit -car ...................................$45.00 -motorcycle .......................$20.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ...............$2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $350 - 400 per year. V Deposits .............................................. Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable) $100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. .................................................................... $10.00 Housing Damage Deposit Required of all resident students at the time of signinga contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of StudentLife in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification.If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. V Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) lcmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual chargesmaybe paid in 10 equal insta1Imuzb beginning June20 and ending March 20. No finance charge wdl be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. Financial Policies A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-monthpayment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National Defense/Carl Perkins National Direct Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. V Refunds Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrativecosts) according to the following schedule: 100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100.00 administrative fee) 90% - from the 6th though 10th day of classs 80% - from the 11th through 13th day of classes 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes 60% - from the 21st through 25th day of dasses 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made afterthe middle classday of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submissionof a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combinationof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academicyear 1986-87approximately 85%of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $7,200,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program (ACT)or the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. V How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before March 15for priority consideration.Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residentsusing the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Financial Aid. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-establishedeach academicyear by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. V Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarshipor grant (exceptas noted).The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, studentsare urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. + Gift Assistance President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need.The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due February 1.Details from Admissions Office. Dean's Scholarships-Full tuition and half tuitionDean's Scholarshipsare awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualifiedfull-time studentswho are direct transfersto Augsburg College followingcompletionof anA.A. or A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the Collegeguaranteesthe differencebetween non-Augsburggrants and scholarships (suchas state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1. PairedResources inMinistryandEducation (PRIME)Awards- Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation.Announcement from the congregationmust be made by October 1. Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1988-89, they range from $100 to $4509. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S. citizenor permanentresident; (2)have exceptional financialneed as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1988-89 is $2200 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute.Application ismadeby filingthe FFS (or FAF)and requesting on the applicationform that the necessary informationbe sent to the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribaland State Indian Scholarships-American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and/or State Indian Scholarship monies. Students must be 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. Indian grants supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. + Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9000. Guaranteed Student Loans and Minnesota State Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least halftime, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8%on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2625 for the first two years and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, some banks, and the Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipientsmust have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. Parent Loan Program (PLUS) -PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to $4,000 per student per year with an aggregatemaximum of $20,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursementat a variable interest rate not to exceed 12%and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applicationsarenormallyfiled with thebankor thrift institution with which your family has an account. + Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunitiesfor students with proven financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships,loans, and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulatedin the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program -Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities. + Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the Faculty unless otherwise specified.For departmentalscholarships,winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed scholarships General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships -A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deservingjunior/ senior students. Established in1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto two deservingjunior or senior students. Establishedin 1969by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B.Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving u m d a s s students. Establishedin 1979in memorv of their husband and father bv and Mrs. Cla& ~osie ~er:e & o n , Conrad Eljason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Ekabeth~auseth Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by Maybelle and Malwlm Estrem. First Bank Systems-Awarded each year without regard to a specificmajor,but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurialdevelopment. The Julian P. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financialneed, shows promise, and demonstrates faith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances. Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Arizona. The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*- Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson, Powers Lake, ND. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. Northern States Power Company Scholarship* -Awarded class year on the basis of financial need and ability. to deserving students in each John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Establishedin 1986 through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, MN. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the NorgeAmerika Foreningen. Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding academicrecords and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland MemuM SchoIafslp* - Awarded annually -to able and deserving student(s) who have p h ~ i c adisabilities l and have demonstrated financial need. Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, ko honor the memory of Mrs. Q e v e land, Augsburg alumna, conseaated Christian leader and devoted wiEe. The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 by Raymond D. Erickson, in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann E r i b n . The Laura Ann and Raymond D. Erickson Courage Scholarship*-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to one or more freshman students who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement, financial need, and personal courage. Establishedin 1986byRaymondD. Erickson ('50) in tribute to thecourage of hislate daughter, Laura Ann rickso on: David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a iunior or senior student who has successfullvovercome adversity and achievedexcellence in aiademic and extracurricularperformance. kstablished in 1979 iymembers of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus. The FhnwickThanksgivingScholarship*-Awarded annually ta a studentat or above the sophomorelevd who demonstrateshigh academic achievementand is preparingfura career in %me form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational s p e d , music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving, 1986, by Dr. Thcodare J, and Fern S I-Eanwick, in gratitude to the therapist who aided in the r e c o v q of their son,Theodore T.Hanwick 0 , from a sevae accident. TheRw.John H j e l m h d Sfholiuships-Awarded annually to second or third generation eeshman or uppadass students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average, a better. Establishedin 19%by Sigvald ('41) andHden Hjelmdand, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland Gmce h e Tohnson Memmial Molarshig - One or more dmlarshim are awarded annually t.0 u&rdass international stud& who have overcome ad&$ and achieved excellence in mdcmic and extraamicdar performance.E s t a b h h d in 1981 by her parents, Dr.and M m mar Johnson,and other f d y m e m b e r s and Men& in memory of ~ r a k ~ n n e (Gay) J o h n , a student at Aupburg 1971-1973. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to upperdrtss women of high moral character, with preferencegiwn to female or malestudents transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or demwtary education. Esfablished in W E in memory of Catha Jones, 1197 d m a , by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenncth Jones, o f h a family and fiends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge kogram. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship -Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a senior student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achievedexcellence in academic in 1977 to honor thememory of the Rev. Nyhus, and ex~acurricular~ormance.Established a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who uvercame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and he w e d others with humanity and wisdom, The Ole K. and Evelyn L. O h n Scholarship* - Awarded annuaIly to students with financial need. Preference given to students f r o m Canada or transfmdngfrom a public college or university who indicate an interest in religion, music, or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988 by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('631, in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday. Minority Student Scholarships/Grants - The Hearst Ame*imn Indian Scholarship* One or mom scholarships are awarded annually to an American Indian upperclass student(5) who has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or betta at Augsburg College. Established in1984by The Hearst Foundation. The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarshipr - Awarded to American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community serviceproject during the year. Car@ Foundation American Indian Scholarship* - Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the Financial Aid Director. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents, family and friends to honor thememory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion and Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*- Available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henningand Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto an upperclass student preparingfor a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson. The Rev. Amold j. Melorn M e m d Schollwhip -Awarded annually to one or more students of any dass who demms!mtepotential and Rnanual need, with preferencefor those who are pparing for a religious service vocltion. Established In 1985by Kenneth and Vera Ndsan in memory of thdr pastor, The Rev. Amdd J. Mefom, a 1947graduate of Augsburg College. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are awarded annuallv on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 19?5 by the family and ~ u ~ s College b & ~ in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Hdeckson. Johan H.0. Rodvik Mernmial ScholarshipC - One or mere scholarships are awarded annually to A u g s b g students preparing far a prof-ional career in Chrklian service. Established in 1 9 6 by Mr. and Mrs.Luther H.Kodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvlk and his deep perxlnal dedimlian to hk cralling as aminister, as well as his schdarly research and pioneering tl~oughtconcerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstoad at tihrde toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Old Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church. Established in 1980by their children,families and friends to honor thelifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Moms G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* -Awarded m d y to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a aisianary through the World MissIon Department of The Evangelical L uthwan Churchin Amcrim. btablishedin 1969by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes. Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown Princess Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Gown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with finanaal need. August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students majoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friendsin memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) participating in the Augsburg College hockey program. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christianpurpose, athletic and academic achievement Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul DahlenJGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the b s i s of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students, participatingin athletics or music, who have demonstrated financialneed and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in basketball. Establishedin 1975 by Mrs.David Gronner andchildren Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually based on academic achieve ment, personal character, and abilityin athletics. Establishedin 1945 by Mr. andMrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. - R o y Jordan Memorial Scholarship' One ormore scholar*ps are award& amraalIy to u p p d a s s students partic+alingin infermllegiatesports,with preference for students in the m t l i n g program. Established in 1980by the M P i Jordan and Charles Schulz familiesin memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and n a t i o d y rxognizd wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship8-Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. The Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship8- Awarded annually to amaleathlete of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Establishedin 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa. The Sian Person Memorial Sckolamh1p*-Awarded annua7ly to one ormore male students of any class or academicmajor who p&i+tes in the College%salhleticprogramand shows widenceof aclademicachiwernent a n d h a d n d . Establishedin1986bvGIenandGerdd Person, in memory and in honor af their brother, Stan Person. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Deparhnent to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical technology. The Dr. Kennekh D.amd Mrs. Linda mailey) Holmen Biology SehaIarship* - A merit scholarship awarded annually to an -4s student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr.Kenneth D. and Mrs.Linda mailey) Holmen. Business Administration/Economics Augsburg Business Alumni ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Department of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. The Forss-Herr Scholarship*- Awardedannuallyto a junior or senior business student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financialneed. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in 1987 by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, IL. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperdass student of any major who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business management. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987 by Joan L. Volz, a 1968 graduate. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chernishy. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic recordindicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Establishedin 1968 by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Walter Gordon Schnell Walter E. Thwaite, Jr Covey Hen drickson Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1986 by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, MN. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* -A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring or minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D. And Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S.Established in 1979. Conrad S m d e Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*- A d d annually to juniw/senior studentsmajoring in rhemishy who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduateor professional school gods. EsQbIished in 19M thrwgh the Conrad Sunde estate m memory of a 1915 d m n u s who was the k t Augsburg ColIegegraduate toeam aPh.D. inchemistry. Fh pmfffisionalcareer as ducator, researcher and consultmtincluded many inventions,of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship* -Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of any class; based upon financialneed, with preference given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986 in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson. English Anne Pedersan English Sthohhipv- Awarded annually to jlmfm/senior students who aremajoringin English, wikh preference given to those who plan ta teach English as a career. Eskablished In 1971 by f a d t y members of the ERglish w e n t to honor the 37 years of &a of Anne Pedersm as English teacher at hugburg College. Pmf. P. A. Sveegen MemcdaI Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an outstanding sl-udent in the EeId of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Svezggen, p r o f w r of English at Augsburg, 19151952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship*-Awardedannually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Re-Medicine Award -Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Age. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degreeinnursing. Establishedin 1983by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Ehanor Christcnsen Edwards M~rnorialScholarshipc-Awarded d y to upperclass sludent(s) preparing for a career in mediche or heal &. Established in I978 in memory of Beanor Christensen Edwards* devotion and beein health cmeby members of her family, Bemhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness. EL N. Henfitkson History StItohhip* - Awarded timually to studmts majoring in history wlth prderence given to those who plan a c a r e in the fidd Established in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl K Orislck and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. H e n d r i h n , professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952. The Nydahl Histmy Schohship* -Awarded annualIy to juniors or seniors who have potenhd and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986 thmugh a twqust in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980by the Mathematics Department. MinnegascoScholarship-Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students maiorinrr in mathematics or the scienceson the basis of need and academicabilihr. Established in i969 Minnegasco. cy Metro-Urban Studies Joel and FrancesTorstenson Scholarshipin Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperdass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any academic class who is a choir member not majoring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and choral music. Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships -Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked abilityin their major instrumentor voice will receive free lessons in that major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies. The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a rnwically-gifted student, with preference &en M a student of organ and/or choral music who desires to serve, prof&onaIIy or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. EeabIished in 1955 by the family. David Gronaer Mwwrial Schohship* - A m d e d m u d y to Two or more students partiapating in athletics or music,wha have demonstrated financialneed and are af hihigh Christian character. &tablistid in 1975by MS. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Peu&and Mrs. Ethel G r m e s i n memory of David Gronner, Augsbmg College alumnus. - 0.I. H e r t s m S c h ~ k h . i g * Awa~dedarmudy to j u n i o r / d a r students who show promise of a m d d mccm and have hinimdal need Preference given ta those who have demonstrated profidency in choral and/or instrumental music and interest or potmfial in conducting. Establishedin 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard - Leonard and Sylvia Kaschel Scholarship* Awarded to u p p g h students seeking to acquire m u s I d and performance sljlL4 in inshumenlalmusic with preferwe given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.Established in 1975 by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful mesage of music The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to amusic student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987 by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa. Xenne& 0.Lower- N o d kap Male C h m s Music Scholarship+-Awarded annually to an upperclass studmt ma!orhg in music, based upon academic pdormance wd 5nandal need, with preference given to a person studying choral music Established in 1956 in memory of Kenneth 0. Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap male Chorus. Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. St Joh's Lnthwan Chrrrch-John N d Memorial Scholmhip*-- Awarded a n n d y in honor of St.]oh's Lutheran Church's faithful =ton for 335 ymrs,Mr. JohnNorris. Applicants must& U.S.citizens majmkg in music who are sophomoresor above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfacto~yacademic progress, with preference given to racial minority students. Henry P. Opseth Music SchalasshipV- Awarded a n n d y to a sophomm/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. EstabIlshedin 1953by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsbtsrg Music Department, 1922-1951. Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Rev.Mark Ronning Memorial hstmmenhl Mndc Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of any dass who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying music Established h 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D.and Mrs.Linda (Bailey) Holmar, in memory of Rev, Mark Ronnhg; who dedicated his life to helping young people. Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded band, based on talent and academic record. annually to a partiapant in the concert Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarshi$ -Awarded mnually to an Augsburgstudent who has music as a major/minor and who shews outstandingpromise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dowan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performancestudies, string ensemble, and orchestra. - John and Vera Tfiut SchoIarahip* One or more scholarships sue awatded m d y to upperdass shrdmb who have achieved e x d e n e in performance in v o i e or pima. Established in 1980by Johnand Vera Rut, their family and friends.The 'lhuts cherished Iifelong careerr in the teaching of music, three demdes of which were at A u ~ b w g . Stuart West Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumentalmusic. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philoslrphy Scholarship*-A merit d-ip awarded annually to an upperclassstudent majoring or minoring in philmphy. Estabbhedin 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. andMrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bdejfs twentielh anniversary asmember of the Augsbwg College faculty. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. Scandinavian Studies Iver and Myrtle O l m Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an u p M a s s student(s) with amdernic ability, in b e pursuit of a degree with m e e n bation in Scandinavian languages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and friends to honor I v a and Myrtle Olson on the omsfon of their golden wedding anniva-sary. Social Work Steen Family ScholarshipFund for Minority SocialWork Students* -Awarded annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in social work Established in 1985by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family. Sociology Adolph Paalson M ~ m o r i dPrize)-- Awarded annudy to a student m h e p e r a l field of Christian d o l o g y . BtabIlshed in 1956 by members of hh family to honor the memary of Professor Adolph P&n, who bught sodaI sdenm at Augsburg from 1930-35. SpeecWCommunication/TheatreArts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship - Awarded to a senior student based on talent, scholarship, and theatre participation. Student Life E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Campus Ministry As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Sinceour campusis comprised of individualsfrom many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums, hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the Worship Center and is available for counseling, consultation, support or information. Student Government Through studentgovernment studentssecureacloser relationship with and better understanding of the administrationand faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student govenunent also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Electionsare held in the spring for the next year. Freshmenelect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of socialand culturalactivitiestakes place on campusas well as in the TwinCities.These activitiesinclude dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Mortensen Tower. V Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department. V Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, and softball. V Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Affairs The Student AffairsDivisionis comprised of a variety of programs, services, and activitiesdedicated to complementingand enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, s h e s , and activities provide students with an enriched cone @ate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attendsto the social, cultural, andcareer developmentof students; and enhances students' academicperformance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. V Academic Skills Enrichment When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they benefit fromthe programs of the LearningCenter. The Center offers services that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test preparation, and math, as well as techniquesto improve and enrich even the best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination, or time management, the Center has programs that help. V American Indian Support Program R This office, located in Memorial Hall, was created in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. Indian students receive help in admissions, financial aid, registration, tutoring, and academic and career planning. Personal counseling and advocacy regarding student status are also available through the program. Periodically, campus activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office. V Black Student Support Program Personal help with financial aid, registration, educational planning, and career decisions is available for all black students at Augsburg. The Black Student Support Program provides valuable assistance in getting the most out of the resourcesbothoncampus and citywide. Communityand campus education and cultural events are also organized. V Career Services Career Services assists studentsin many ways. The staff can help students explore interestsfor majors, find Internshipsand locate part-time jobs to try out career possibilities. The staffprovides seminars on career development, i n t e ~ e w i n gskills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate progr-- V Counseling Services All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions, and confusionabout themselves, their values, or their relationships. Sometimes it is important to talk to someone with skills in counseling. Whenever studentsneed to talk things out or get suggestionsabout the many excellent helping services in the Twin Cities, they find valuable assistance through the Counseling Department. V Disabled Student Programs Learning disabled studentshave average or above average intelligencebut have difficulty achieving to their full potential. Services available to such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids and remedial instruction. If studentsare concerned that difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the Learning Disabilities Specialists,and arrangeassessmentand structured assistanceto increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged studentsare served through this office too. Individualized attention and servicesare provided for and/or coordinated in order to meet the mobility needs of students. V Orientation The entire College is involved in orienting new students to Augsburg. The Coordinator of Orientation works closely with the faculty and staff in developing a cohesive program for students and their families which introduces them to this unique academic communityand the programs and people which serve them. Augsburg College has an exemplary program, called the First Year Experience, which is a collaborative effort between Academic and Student Affairs. This program begins prior to enrollment and continues through the Interim term of the freshman year. V Residence Life The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence hall, apartment buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex. The housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educational and social programming which balances and compliments the educational experience of students.The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closelywith the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning. V Student Activities The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activitiesfor specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg an enjoyable interactive environment which encourages student involvement. International Programs The Coordinator of International Programs focuses on the special needs of students from countries other than the United States and on students interested in studying in other countries. International Students - Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of international students. The Coordinator of International Programs helps to orient and advise on visa, exchangeprogram and permanent resident statusissues. The Coordinator handles information on immigration, work permits and temporary status. Arrangements for American hosts of international students are made. Foreign Study - There are also many opportunities for foreign study which are coordinated and facilitated by this office. Health Service The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health coverage to determineif they are included;if not, a studenthealth insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the College Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chin Wag -Located on the ground floor of the Center, the Chin Wag features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Living on Campus Because ~ i ~ s b recognizes u r ~ that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making.Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individua1,students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in College-operatedhousing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The feeis credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. Urness Tower -All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower - This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall -Contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Annex Housing - This provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Directory at the end of the Catalog. Academic Information A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over forty major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. General Information + Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Chemistry (ACS),Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offersaMaster of ArtsinLeadership degree. + Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office.In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and Internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). Augsburg's Graduate Program follows a trimester calendar. + Faculty The heart of any educational institutionis its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as supportingtheir teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. + Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly studentlibrary assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films.Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicatedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. Students have access to over 5,000,000 volumes via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges, the Hill Reference Library, and Minitex, the statewide network. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings is availablefor faculty and students. Equipment suchas movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. + Computer Resources Approximately 60 microcomputers, including Apple IIe's and Macintoshes, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computingpower also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota and the Minnesota Supercomputer Center. Academic Organization and Programs + Divisions and Departments The College curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Raymond Anderson (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Natural Science and Mathematics -Neal Thorpe (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences -Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, SocialWork + Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Otherstest a variety of disciplines before deciding.Normally a major shouldbe elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Majors Applied Economics Art History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry @.A. or B.S.) Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration Engineering2 English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Kindergarten-Elementary Education Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Occupational Therapy Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 ScandinavianArea Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Minors Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Sdence Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' ScandinavianArea Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Women's Studies It is possiblefor students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).Students who wish to compleiea majorofferedat one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofice. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Citiesandagreementswith the University of Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to fake beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japaneseand Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, WashingtonUniversity School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. 3 -Dual degree program with Washington Uniwsity School of Medicine. + Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), S e n c e (Grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the specialareas of Art (K-121, Band (IS-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major(s). + Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art -Requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification -Designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteriaused in The Evangelical Lutheran Church in Americacertification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an Internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. + Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, occupational therapy, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly.A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the AssociateAcademic Dean early in their freshmanyear to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:ENG, 2 courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering.Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schoolsand consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel.Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for premedical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121, 122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (367,386,4711, (355, 474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Occupational Therapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science or Master of Science degreein OccupationalTherapyfrom Washingtonuniversity. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111, BIO 111, 112 and 473 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PHY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,336, SOC 362 or MAT 373. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; EC0 112or 113;ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124, 125; PHY 121,122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of ~ e t e r i n a i ~ e d i c iat n ethe University of ~innesota,these courses are r i o m mended: ENG, 2courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112;PHY121,122; economics, 1course;2courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution require ments. Requirements at other universities may vary. V Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin-Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses.No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperativeprogram to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus.The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperateswith other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishmentof a four-year program in social work, sociologyor psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the ShakopeeInstitution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. V Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of intemational experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, see the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of studentswho may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an intemational program. The deadline is December 1of the preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs -Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spendingJanuary and Februarpin intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) -Augsburg students join students from other colleges and universities in five Werent full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central heria,San Francism and the Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, Internships, and field trips. Interim -Study abroad during the Interim is planned for each year. See listings in the Augsburg Interim Catalogand in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the followingJanuary. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program -Augsburg College International Business Program offers studentsthe opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris (AmericanCollege), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business provides the option of taking Business Administration courses at Augsburg and international Core courses at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness. in Global Community - Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based in Cuemavaca, Mexico, focuseson the study of issues related to global justie and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. I ndudes intensive Spanish instmclion,group tsips, home stay with a family, and Pro- cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs. Human Services in a Latin American Context - 3 1/2 month study program designed to introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service and their contribution to the process of social change. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the empowermentof individuals and groups to control their own lives. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs. Student Project for Amity Among Nations -Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countriesare selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarshipsto enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, Independent Study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester oryear Abroad -Arrangements havebeen made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland;the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France; The American College in Paris; and the Fundacion Ortega y Gasset, Toledo, Spain. Student TeachingAbroad -Selected EducationDepartmentstudentsmay participate in the InternationalStudentTeachingAbroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School network. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad also will do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studyingabroad.RecentlyAugsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. V Honors Program The HonorsProgramis a set of opportunitiesdesigned to challengethe most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics seminars, a senior honors Interim course, and a bi-monthly program of speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of our v m y best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfersandothers.Requirementscenter on full participation in the program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries to Professor Diane Pike, Director of Honors. V Cooperative Education and Internships Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective form of career preparation. Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-jobexperience adds breadth and depth to the liberalarts curriculumand helps students make more informed career decisions. Augsburg'sliberal arts education is enhanced by the College'smetropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students. Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential education for many years. Both Co-op Education and Internships are voluntary and available throughout the curriculum. Eachacademic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Cooperative Education and Career Services. Co-op Education and Internships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education and Internships prior to and following these required assignments. Cooperative Education students are expected to complete one Internhip per year in conjunction with their placement. A nonaedi t Cooperative Education transcript entry is available during the academic termswhen the student is not registered for an Internship. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and appropriatelevel must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's office. An Internship card (withthe description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate I3ean must be turned in to the Registrar's Officeat registration time. Students are not encouraged to register/add until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalogunder grading.Amaximum of four coursesof Internshipmay count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. V IndependentIDirected Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficientbackground and preparation in a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer 1/2 course credit under498. The Speech, Communicationand Theatre k t s Department uses 495 for Independent Study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for Directed Study on a Lower Division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon. Independent and Directed Study course numbers are used only for study different in content from courses already listed in this Catalog. An agreed-upon titlemustbe reported on the appropriateform to theRegistrafs Office at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Studentsare not encouraged to register/add until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangementsby the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the Catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-registerfor Independent Studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the Independent Study is proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached.Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. V Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in human relations, marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Management Information Systems, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Nursing, and Social Work. V Graduate Program In January of 1987Augsburg College initiated a Master of Arts program in Leadership. Based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts, this cross-disciplinaryprogramdirects its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that todafs leaders need broad-spectrum abilitiesto provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults who have demonstrated leadership potential in the workplace, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. Students may take either one or two courses per trimester. V Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education. Inquiries shouldbe addressedto the Officeof the Associate Academic Dean. V Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982 with a commitmentto educationwhichbothexpandsour world view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Studentscan participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, "The Program in Global Community," a fall semester in Mexico, "Human Services in a Latin American Context," and occasional Interims allow more indepth exposure to these topics. Academic Policies and Procedures V Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four coursesa semester and one course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks afterthe semesterbegins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special feesare charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Springby the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, Weekend College Officeand Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Office -Memorial 230 Summer School Office -Memorial 230 Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and Spring Trimesters Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and Spring Trimesters V Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer studentsmaypre-register during summerfor courses in the fall.All currently enrolled studentsmay pre-register during the fall for the springand during the springforthe fall.All studentsmust confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. V Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. V Leave of Absence StudentsmayrequeslaLeave of Absence for academic or personalreasons. Arequest formmust bepickedup fromthe Office of theDeanof the CoLlege. It must be signed by the Dean of Sbdmts, or au khorized representative,and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The cornpIeted form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. V Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrais office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1.Completion of 35 courses -At least 11coursesmust be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors - 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must includeone less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservationof Human Resources (CHR)courses; 2 courses by independent/directed study; 4 courses of Internship; and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Officeabout specific requirementsfor a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors -A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 6. Distribution Requirements -Next page. V Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven areas: .Mathematics-Physics Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication History-Philosophy Art-Music and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) A list of approved coursesis available from advisersand the RegisWs Office. Foreign Languages -Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at Augsburg. Studentswho test abovethe 111level of a foreignlanguage will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one Augsburg religion class for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies-One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports -Two different Lifetime Sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. V English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation.Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-90 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the classwill determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If studentsdo not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/ 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation. V Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of lessthan 2.0. Studentsare cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that Pgraded coursesdo not countin therequirementthat 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PJ N Iimi tations under Graduation Rquirments. Certain corn are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and several Iaterim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English I11 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, studentswill be graded on the traditional systemunlessthey indicateon their registration that they wish to use theP/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. ' IExplanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P representswork at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and commentsfrom the instructor; and must gain the approval of the Registrar.If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by theinstructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the coursebecomes a 0.0. Internships, Indqendent Studies, and TXected Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completedby the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instruckor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students givm X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactoryprogress is being maintained. The Registrafs Office will automatically continue theregistration in response to an X grade. A finalgrade will be issued at t h e end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (butnot longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X whew satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course inwhich a grade of 0,0.5,1 .O,15,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. C o m e s in which higher grades have been earned may riot be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. AIl courses takenand grad- earned each termremain on theacademicrecord. Only the aeditsand gradesearned the second,be,for legitimatelyrepeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. V Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a murse without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course shouId confer with the insmctor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expecfations, attendance and any 0 ther requirement If expedations have been met, the course will be listed on the hammipt as having k e n audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). V Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges.Coursestakenon the P/N gradingoptionare recorded, but not computed in the GPA. V Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. - Sophomores 7 courses completd with at least 14 grade points. Juniors -16 courses compIeted with at least 32 grade points. Seniors -25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. V Advanced Placement Program Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. V International Baccalaureate Program Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be consideredby the CoIIege for advanced placement and appropriatecredit Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Registrar. V Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg Collegerecognizes that learningcan and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essentiaI criteria: 1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectivelydemonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Aupburgprovides sever& meansby which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recopition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: T h e College LevelEmmination Program (CLIP)-Thkis a seriesof standardized tests which have been dewlo+ by The College Board and are offered to studentsfora small f ~ e at e regionaltesting centers.(Theregional testingcenter for this area is the University of Minnesota.)Studentswho scoreat or above the 65th percenkileon a subject examination may d v e academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEPtestsis availablefrom the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is availableon a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. TheCredit AssessmentProgxam(CAT)-This isa credit assessmentalternativein which a faculky committee completesa credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The factdty committee is composd of the Rqktsar and two faculty members from fields 05 study directly related to the student's previous learning. Lnformational meetings and consdtation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In campleting the evaluation of a student's psevious Iearning, the CAP Cornmitree applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skillsinvolved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four coursesof academicworkat Augsburg Collegewith acumulativeAugsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit (applicableto transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied'to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx.Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academicmajors and minors may be subsequentlyaddressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learningmust be placed in the contextof formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmentalexams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. V Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal The Collegerequires that studentsmaintain the followingcumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman a student having taken fewer than 7 courses cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore - a student having taken fewer than 16 courses mmulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior a student having taken fewer than 25 courses cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher a student having taken 25 or more courses cumulative Senior GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives 2 zero grades or a sophomore who receives 3 zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic rmrd may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a tern. Those on probation who voluntarilywithdrawfromthe College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reachesthe minirmm leveIs stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as freshmen far having earned 2 zero grades may be removed h m probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Studentsplaced on probation as sophomores for having earned 3 zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The Collegereserves the right to dismissany student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. V Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade p i n t average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, foraweekday schedule student or two full courses, or equivalent, for a weekend college student, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. L€ permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. V Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude -3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionallygradedcourses)of workat Augsburg. 7 Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the StateApprovingAgency for Veterans Education. Veterans should tonsult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwardingof other information to the Veterans Administration. Augsburgs standardsd academic progress are giveninthisCatalog.When a veteran or eligible perstln fads to maintain these prescribed standards of progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Adminisfration. It is the responsibiIity of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as i t is for all studmts. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veteranswill need to meet the requirements of theveterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Departments and Programs Course Descriptions Major and Minor Requirements A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of caurszs are arranged by departments and programs. T h e descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its pals, and its place in the College's program. A Listing of requirements for individual majors follows the narrative. Courses and t e r n listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fa31 and/or Spring terms, unless another frqumcyis specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses of f e d in JanuaryInterim, Summer Scl~ml,Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership program are published in separate catalogs. + Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies.A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. + Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, coursesin the lOOsareprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300sjuniors, and400s seniors. + Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A skdent may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fyzfiIIed if there is prior approval by a professor teaching the course and of the academic adpiw. V Art Department (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities.Realizing this, we have made design and msitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Aupburg draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity docs involve manual skill, although to become broadly signifimnt i t should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberd arts college, such as Augsburg College, 5 an idea1 setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide on-the-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum work. The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Patrick Redmond, Dorothy Williamson. Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and 1in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: 7 studio disciplines among foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in 2 areas; 240 and 2 other art history courses. Consult with Education Department for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including 1from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Department Chairpersonbefore the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8art courses, including 1in art history. Up to 4 courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. + Foundations in Studio Art Environmental Aesthetics 102 107 225 Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictorial images. An emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process. + Studio Art 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativityand expressionwith attention to blackand white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. single lense reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $125-150. (Fall) Jewelry An introduction to the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver. Internship Lower Division Internship. Sculpture I An introductionto sculpture.Choiceof media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. Life Drawing See Interim Catalog. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasison handbuilding and glazing. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Visual Communications I1 A study of visual communicationsinmagazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Praaice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. mreq.:22j, Springl Ceramics LI Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasison throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250) Painting I1 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118) Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptiveand experimental techniquesin transparent watercolor. (Alternateyears) Print Making I1 Advanced work with color and compositionin various media, includingsilkscreen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. Sculphue I1 Advanced workin sculpture.Choice of media: clay, welded steelandbronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221) Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. + Art History 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includesreading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts-as artists, as subjects, and as patrons. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecturefrom Neoclassicism through the present. 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. V Biology Department (BIO) Biology is the study of MeI and it is natural that we,as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understandingof the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simpIest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of wen one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny.Biology will thus c o n t h e to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professionalschools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. BiologyFaculty: NealThorpe (Chairperson),Robert Herforth,Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major: 9 courses, including 111,112, and 201 plus 9 othercourses, at least 1from each of the following 5 groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386, 471; Cellular to Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361,440; Environmental: 476,481. One of the 6 courses may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division Interim biology course. BIO 491, a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also required: CHM 105(115),106(116),and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group 111. Students intending to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools should consult with the Department since these schools vary in their scienceadmission requirements.Thesemay include CHM 351,352instead of 223, PHY 121, 122 instead of 103, and MAT 124,125. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires 3 courses in earth and life sciences. For secondaryteaching we recommend the broadest possible program in biology. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their academic program. The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiencesin laboratoriesand other settingsin the Twin Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department Co-op Ed Coordinator. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in biologyand 3.0 overall, activeparticipationin seminar, 1 course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and 3 Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106). Human Biology Basic biological mnfrom an anthropocenhic p i n t of vim,An attenrpt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another meabw of khe biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture. A student may not receivecredit for both 101and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implicationsof pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational safety and health. An historical survey of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism. A critical evaluation of the social application of biological concepts. (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110or consent of instructor.Weekend College. Does not apply to the major or minor) 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodicallythrough Augsburg's Conservationof Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. (Does not apply to the major or minor) 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The courseincludesanintroductionto molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111,Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. (Prereq.: 112) 201 Methods in Biological Research An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research, which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatography, and physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed and experimentsare conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq: 112. Spring) 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage, and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiate "fact from fiction" in this controversialbiological field. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112 or consent of instructor. Fall) 101 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112) Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate years, Spring) Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy, and ecology. (3hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipidsand nucleic acidsincludingintermediarymetabolism.(3hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) Immunology A study of the structure and function of the immune system at molecular, cellular, and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring) Internship Upper Division Internship.Studentsmust be juniors or seniors. Prereq.: 112) Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth, and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate years, Spring) Cellular Biology A study correlating function with ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. (3hours class,4 hourslaboratory.Prereq.: 112367orconsent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring) Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103or 122or consent of instructor. Fall) Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphologicalchanges which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratorywork. In addition to embryonicdevelopment, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.Fall) 481 Ecology A m e y of reprewntative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.P m q . : 112,361 or consent of instructor. Spring) 491 Seminar A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required. Guest speakersare often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. 499 'Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112,and previous arrangement with instructor) 476 V Business Administration and Economics Department The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theorelid and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizationsas well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, the Deparhent offers s p d i z a t i o n in a varieg. of areas including:Accounting Applied Economics, Economics, Finance, hternational Business, Management, Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, as well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration. Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. R ~ ~ ~ g n i zthe i n goccupational realities of the business and economic disciplines, the Departmenk is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fostering close ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities, as well as future job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributingto an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration and Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson), Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John Cemto, Peter Gillen, John Cosgrove, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Mark Hassenstab, Richard Herzog, Marilyn Horowitz, Mary Jo Johnson, Jane Kammerman, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy LaFayette, Dan McNamara, Fekri Meziou, Thomas Morgan, Paul Pender, David Riley, Edward Sabella, Hamed Sallam, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick, Stuart Stoller + Business Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations: BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315. Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses,322, 323,324, either326or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Speaalization in Management: 12Corecourses, 340,440, ECO318, PSY 373 or SOC 301. Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,357,450, ECO 415 Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112113,313. Also the following emphasis: 3 InternationalBusiness Courses and an International Economics Course. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as 3 semestersof a foreignlanguage (or tested equivalent). Specialization in Management Information Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279, 331,370 (or CSC 3521,375,475,476,479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC 170. Honors Majo~:GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252, 331, ECO 112 and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and 3 International Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accountingand businesslawoffered. Studentsmajoringin BusinessAdministration-Accounting arequalified underthe rules of theMinnesotastate Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester. C.M.A. Certification: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may take the certified management accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement. This certificate indicates proficiency in the area of managerial accounting. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS 295,4951, the Department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, Micro Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, International Management, International Marketing and Risk Management and Insurance. Business Courses (BUS) 175 199 221 222 242 252 279 Computers for Economics and Business An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS)and data bases (DBASD. Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra) Internship Lower Division Internship. Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Principles of Accounting I1 A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controllingprocesses, decision-makingand behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manage Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions,inference, and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) Topics Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall) Accounting Theory and Practice I1 A continuation of 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabilities, stockholders' equities and other accounting issues. Additional emphasis on incomedetermination consideringprice level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring) Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various formsof business enterprises.(Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Marketing Communications This course looks at the communications aspects of marketingby integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship; management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq.: Bus 252) Note: 355 and 357 cannot both be taken for credit) Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as importan t elements in modem marketing and communications. (Note: 355 and 357 cannot both be taken for credit) International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an internationalcontext. Appreciation of the prospectiverequired for successful planning and managementof any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq.: Two business and economics courses or consent of instructor) Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Current topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management, expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and markkting. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279) Information Systems in the Organization Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370) Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall) Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasison decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) Investment Theory Appraisal of the riik/return relationships of various types of securitiesfrom the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investor. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.:All Core courses or consent of instructor) Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom serviceindustries, non-profit organizationsand manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point df view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, prin- 450 475 476 479 495 499 ciples of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or Consent of instructor) Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352) Information Systems Analysis and Design Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly several system de- implement signs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycie process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq.: all lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370 or CSC 352) Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, completean information analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq.: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: BUS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) + Economics Major in Economics: 8Economicscourses (112,113,312,313,414, and 3 other Upper Division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers are also strongly recommended. Major in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and 3 other Upper Division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 121 and PHI 130. Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: 6 Economics courses (112, 113, 312, 313, and 2 other Upper Division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and 2 other Upper Division). Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics: 112, 113,312,313, and 1additional Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Comparative Economic Systems. ECO 110,112, and 113 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Economics Courses (ECO) 110 112 113 175 199 215 279 295 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis," CrimePrevention, Ecology and IncomeDistribution; DistributingFree Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112 and 113 which are also open to nonmajors.) Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 113or 110.112and 113may be takenin either order, ormay be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other courses. Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theoryto market policy. Maybe taken independently of 112or 110.112 and 113may be taken in either order, or maybe takenin the sameterm for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. Computers for Economics and Business (See under Business) Internship Lower Division Internship. Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business) Topics Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures;the impact of fiscalpolicy on economic activity; debt policy and its economicimplications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall) Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall) Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasisis onapplications, whichare taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventorymodels, informationsystems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring) International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systemsand commercialpolicy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113 or consent of instructor) Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will writeareport onhis/her activities. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor. On demand) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: BUS 279, ECO 313. Spring) 416 479 495 499 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economictheory. (Prereq.: EC0312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent or consent of instructor. On demand) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) V Chemistry Department (CHM) Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry, knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of providing a public understanding of their work including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the followingobjectives to help its students develop into mature scientists. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg, John R. Holum, Joan C. Kunz Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353, 361, 363 and 1 additional course from 364 and 365, 464, 481, 483, or Biochemistry.Participationin seminar; PHY 121,122;MAT 124,125.SinceUpper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; 1advanced course. PHY 121,122 and 2 additional physicscourses;ModernPhysics and Electronics arerecommended. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least 2 courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the ChemistryDepartmentfor assistancein planning a course program early in their college career. Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS major and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the degree Bachelor of Sdence. American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelor of Science): 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and a31 chemistry courses above 350 (excepr 399, 497,4991, Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124,125,224; PHY 321,122 (which should be taken during khe sophomoreyear). Reading abilityinGerman equivalent to 2 semesters and computer proficiency are also required. Modern Physics, additional mathematics and research experience are recommended. Honors Major: Full ACS mapr; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 overall; 1summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courseswhich must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353and 2 other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit willnot be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106and 116.Other restrictions are in course descriptions. Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, coursesthat must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement in 105 or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination: 105 requires Group I1 placement; 115 requires Group 111placement. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Sornwhat less rigomus than 115,1116;designed e s p d y for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 352,353. Conceptsand laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems, (3 one-hour lectures,3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II. 105, Fall;106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biolopcal chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing(includingAugsburg'sUpper Division Progmm), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social scisciences. Erst term,general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College) 115,116 General Chemistry An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math Placement Group 111.115, Fall; 116, Spring) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the yearlong organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties, and reactionsof selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count to ward a Chemistry Major, nor will credit be given for this courseif Chemistry351-352is taken, nor does it fulfillthe prerequisite requirement forChemistry352.Credit cannotbe given forchemistry110 and Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry223 meet Biochemistryrequirements for other programs. (Prereq.: 106or 116.Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Offered Term 11) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall) 361,364 Physical Chemistry Thebasictheoretical concepts of chemistry:thermodynamics,kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibriaand electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125.361, Fall; 364, Spring) 363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the Spring semester and involves experiments related to 361.365 is to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the Department for exemption. Internship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. Junior standing. Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelationsfor IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy;use of the literature (includingBeilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magneticresonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographicand electroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (3hourslecture, 1four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring) Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall) Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbitaltheory for molecules. Includes commutators,electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors pla~ingresearch careersneed research experiencebefore graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academicyear (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Junior standing) Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Junior standing) V East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen, Director + Program Options Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japanese are taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies;2 muss in History,-2 courses in culturaI specializationor comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of appmved electives.Major coursesmust have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies: 5courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese orJapan- or equivalent competenaes;l courseinhistoryofEastAsia;and 2 Upper Division coursesin cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diseaor of the p r o p . Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies: 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324; 1 from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; 1from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and 1from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under History Department) Directed Study (See Director of pmgram) Modern Southeast Asia (See under History Department) Modern China (See under History Department) Modem Japan (See under Histoj Department) Communist Political Systems (See under PoliticalScienceDepartment,ComparativePoliticsand Analysis) Communist Foreign Policies (See under Political Science Department, International Politics) Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis) Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an Internship) The World and The West (See under History Department) Seminar (See Director of program) Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics V Education Department I M- ~ Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional Education combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to have taken basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division courses. Licensure in Elementary Education is available both through day school and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Fl Education Faculty: Mary Endorf (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Ann Fleener, Rich Germundsen, Kathy Heikkila, Lynn Lindow, Marie McNeff, Karen Morgan, Vicki Olson, Lauretta Pelton, Mary Jo Stump + Elementary Education (EDE) Mary Endorf, Coordinator Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255,341,351,352, 381,382,383,384,386,387,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; S W K 260; a college level mathematics course; academicminor (major recommended). For persons taking their first Education courses in the Fall of 1989 or later, 1additional 1/2 course will be required: EDE 388 Human Relations. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten will alsobe required. GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in major and academicminor and grades of P in student teaching courses required h r licensure as well as mhimum grades of 25 in d Education courses; fulfill quiremen ts of M i m e sota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3,041 in Ruman Relations. The prafessional semester for juniors for 198849wdlincluds 341,352,381,382,384,386, and 387 (341,381,382,383,384,386,387 are1/2 courses.) Beginningin the fall of 1989,professional semester for juniors will include: 352, 375,381,382,384,386, and 387. Acceptance into the AugsbuxgEducationhprtment Limsurel7mgmnis a n+ quired prerequisiteto the professional semester.The criteria for accepmce into the Department Licensure Program are available in the Education Department. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 255 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower Division Independent Study. 341 Media Technology (11 2' course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Fall, Spring 198889, Interim 1989-90 and after) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosisand correctionof reading difficulties. (Fall, Spring) Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and Ieaming in the contexts of educational, psychologiml and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Pmq.:255orED5265 or consent of instructor. FA,Spring) Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (112 course) Study and utilbtion of a variety of techniques and murces far teaching kindergarten. (Required for all persons d n g kindergarten licensurewho take their first Education course in the Fall of 1989 or later. Concurrent registration with 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112 course) Eminatianand prepmition of materials and resourcesfor physical educatian and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Pmq.: 255 or IDS 265. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementarylevels.Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and mourcesfor language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of commmicationW q u w , and of the major minority gmups in Minnesota for the dwloprnent of interpersonal relations skills appLicabIetoteaching and other pmfessiod vocations.Open to all. Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience.A learningcontract must bedeveloped and must have Education faculty approval. School and Society (See Secondary Education) ,482,483,484 Student Teaching Kd and Seminar Observingand facilitatinglearningat the kindergartenand elementarylevels under the supervisionof collegeand elementaryschoolpersonnel. Member- 491 498 499 ship in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply to Student Teach at least 3 months prior to enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481, 482, 483 and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department. (Fmeq.:All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education Department Limnsure kagmm and admission for Student Teaching) Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) Independent Shrdy (1/2 come) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). Independent Stady Opportunity for advanced and specialized research prows not otherwise provided for in the Departmental curriculum.A projected promust be o u t l i d and approved by the kindagartenetementaryeducation faculty. + Secondary Education (EDS) Mary Endorf, Coordinator Itistherespnsibilityof eachshldenttomeetaZ1speaficrquitmentsof~e Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult UTith Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher ficensure, in addition to confemng with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requ3ements of thestateof hrlinnesata for teachingin serondaryschcaIs are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Liensure Frogram: Baccalaureatedegree; amdeaic major in anapproved teaching area;265, 334,388,478, methods course(sS in major area, 48l,482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in a11 education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Applicationfor and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elemenfaq school leveL A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses instudent teaching and do some studentteaching at both the secondaryand elementarylevels. Inaddidon to 334, the arkmajor will register for 361,362; the physical educationmajor for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and physial education teacher education programs lead to licensure for g r a d s K-12. Music teacher educatjon pmgrams lead to licensureinthe following m s : 1-Band (K-12)and classmrn music (5-12); 2-Orchestra K-12) and classrmm music 6-12};3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4 V 4 and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Major Department for information on the required competency exams. Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. The Professional Term. School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or evening seminars is also required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigatesvarious aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Sophomore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 341 Media Technology (U2 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) (Fall, Spring 1988-89. Interim beginning 1989-90) 350 Reading in the Content Areas (112 Course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Fall, Spring) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their applicationfor teaching inlearning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105. Fall, Spring) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshopsand laboratory experience. (Spring) 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (U2 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361.Fall) English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring) (Prereq.: EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments) Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) Foreign Language Methods (112 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department) Natural Science Methods (lI2 course) Course structures,goals, and procedures in science education.Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. Social Studies Methods (112 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciencesand history in secondaryschool classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum develop ment. Consult with the Education Department. Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (lI2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring) Mathematics Methods (112 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skillsapplicableto teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience.A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. Health Methods (SeeHPE 410Administrationand Supervisionof the SchoolHealth Program) School and Society Emphasis on p i n t s of view about the role of school in modern scoiety and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483,or 484) ,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Observingand directing learning at the secondarylevel under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478) 498 499 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). Independent Study h not otherwise Opportunity for advanced and speciakd r ~ c projects provided for in the Departmental curridurn. A projerted program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. + Special Education (EDE, EDS) Mary Endorf, Coordintaor Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491;PSY 351,357; 1coursechosenfrom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim)or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and 1course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, c a m , and educational intenentione for such exceptionalities as mental r e tardation, physicat disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disordersand giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. (Prereq.: Completion of courses for special: education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Fall) V Engineering Ken Erickson, Adviser Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Errcause of the special T~hnologicalUniversiky, Houghton, requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for thew programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. + University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: Bachelor of k W a c h e l a r of Engineering CB.A./BB.l enables students to r ~ e i vaeBachelor of Arts degree from AugsburgCollege and a Bache10r of Enginewing degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Studentsmay apply for the program afses completing thesophomoreyear. At that time, they will 'be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for find acceptance into the program- Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Ba&eJ.or of Arts/Master of Engineering (BJVM.EF enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to mininizethe numberof undergraduatecourses, if any, that students must take at the University kfore proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The n u d m of such murses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A/ME. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed daring the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. + Washington University (Three Year Plan) + Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Aupbutg and a Bachelor of Enpeering degree from Washington University School of Engineeringand Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first h r e e years are spent at Augsburg foIIowed by two years at the affiliated university. Studentsacceptedinfo the program will be consided foradmission to theen@eringxhooI if they willcompletecourserequire- ments, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to exploreopportunitiesfor graduate work at Washington University and h4ichigan Tecl-tnological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are partidpants in these dual d e g r e programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as aiteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree orThree-Two Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121, 122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. e 7 - - @ -a, ., -.r V English Department (ENG) . 3 ...-. Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and ~ o l o g y , English is concerned with individual and group khavior. With philo* phy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With dence, English is interested in discovering order and det crmining structures. With speech and ~ommunications,English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, a n d readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through Internships on a n d off campus, tutoring in the Writing Lab, or participating in the Co-op Ed Program. Students with a n Augsburg English major pursue careers i n elementary, secondary a n d college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions a n d businesses. English majors may start o n a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their broad background, their skill in analysis, a n d their superior communication skills. Skills i n reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance a n y career and make life more enjoyable and understandable. English Faculty: Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Joseph Bodziock, Cathleen Dalglish, David Garrison, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; 1 course in American literature; 1 course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, 1on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and 1that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department. Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language Arts Teaching M a j o ~10 courses, including those listed under the major, a coursein the English language, and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a cornpanent in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses CommunicationSkillsin the EnglishClassroomand Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their sophomore year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to Department Chairpersonby October 15 in senior year for Department approval. Submit paper to Departmentby April 20 and defend it before facultycommittee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including at least 2 literature courses, 1 of which must be in British literature, and 1 writing course above the freshman level. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration.A student arranges a concentrationby careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. The English Placement Test: A writing sample is required of students who score 19 or below on the verbal section of the ACT test or 78 or below on the verbal section of the PSAT tests. Also required of students who have not taken either the ACT or PSAT. Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences are required to enrollin Developmental Writing in which they will receive more individual instructionthan is possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing. Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is successful completion of a Lower Division literature course or consent of the inshctor. Developmental Writing A preparatory coursefor EffectiveWriting required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own observations, experiences, and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. 217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their fluency. Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will con101 tinue in 218 until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing the courses, students will be exempted from the foreign language requirement. Writing f o r Business and the Pmfessions A practical course designed toimprove writing skillsfor those preparing for business and professional careers.Thewriting of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111) Intermediate Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose. Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and t e l e vision as well. Students will consider how to recognizenews, how to gather and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices and include an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111) Introduction to Cinema Art An investigationof the artistic qualitiesand the historical development of the film medium. The courseincludestheviewing and discussingof both feature length and short films. (Spring) Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developingcritical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysisof some significantworks of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the 20th century. Some non-Western works will be included. European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanesand Ovid's Metamorphoses.Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Advanced Journalism Interviewing and Editing Emphasisis placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrateon editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There willalso be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227. On demand) British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternateyears 1989-90) British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasize the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. By the end of the course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable quality. (Prereq: 225 or consent of instructor) Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creativewriting ina single genre, as announced in theclass schedule. (Prereq: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work) American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 423 438 498 499 Internship The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and ESL, and various off-campus Internships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairperson. Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century beginnings up to the 20th century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bront$ Thackeray, Eliot, and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergenceby the 20th century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1988-89) Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson. Ppvidesdirected Independent Study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson. Provides directed Independent Study in the area of the student's choice. V First Year Experience (FYE) Patricia Parker (Associate Academic Dean), Diane Pike The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student. The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminars, and FYE Interim Term Courses. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Students without a P for FIE 00.5 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. 005 FYE Seminar A series of fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplinesand sources collected in The Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation) V Foreign Language Department The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new cornmunications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facetsof the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of fields such as foreign language teaching translation, the diplomatic corps, or international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing careers in many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry, psychology, or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field. Foreign languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley(Chairperson),Nancy Aarsvold, Ruth Aaskov, Nancy Giguere, Mary Johnson, Angelika Rauch, Gunta Rozentals, Steve Sakai, Donald Steinmetz Placement Levels: Studentswith previous foreign language study must register in coursessuited to their levelof preparation.Placement is accordingto thenumber of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5 6 = 211; 7 = 212; 8 = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson. Be sure to sign placement form. Students should arrangeto take the LanguagePlacement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Studentswho elect to take a coursebelow the one in which they are placed by the Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied onlyby completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Majorsmust take4of theupper Division coursesat Augsburg College and 4 abroad. Minors must take 2 of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite to all Upper Division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of 1Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department facultyfor limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the programas well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0 averagein Advanced Conversationand Compositionis a Departmentalrequirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmentalhonors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis dernonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chairperson for details. + Chinese (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. + French @RE) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversationcomposition, 1 in civiliiation, and 1 in literature. Interim, Summer, or Semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 Upper Division courses beyond 212, including 1 in conversationcomposition, 1 literature, 1 in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog. Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring. On demand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall/ Spring) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. ~ h r o u ~individualized h background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical 011 significanceof these works. Sophomorestanding.Fulfillsonly literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other Upper Division courses. (Fall) French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring. On demand) French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) French Civilization Today Topics in 20thcentury problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of Frenchspeakingpeople and their contributionto the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Introduction to Literahue for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Internship Upper Division Internship. Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speakingand writing on topics of intellectual, social, or 450 499 political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students.(Seealso Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Sttrdy Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to compl&ea balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a mapr paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) + German (GER) Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311; 411, 1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, Summer or Semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 courses beyond 212,induding 1 in conversationcomposition, I in literature, 1in dvilization, and 2 electives. All m u m must be Upper Division course. Study in Germany s~rongIyrecommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background; 112is for students who have had 111or equivalentor less than two years of high schoolGerman. Aims at developingbasic skills.Classroompractice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developingbasic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materialsrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed interms of their relevanceto perennialhuman problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomorestanding. On demand) Independent Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. German Comersation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercisesin written composition. Fall) German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) German Civilization and Culture I1 Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitcal, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different a p proaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussingselected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) German Literature through the 18th Century Brief surveyof heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Auflclarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and dicussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technologyand mass man. Readingsin German. Class discussionshelp to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed:Kafka, Hesse, Mam, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 411 451 452 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developingand refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Leaures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Japanese WN) Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. + Linguistics 199 289 299 311 (LIN) Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatorygoals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplinessuch as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeksto overcomethe inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 499 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Norwegian (NOR) Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including 1 in conversation-composition, 1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent) 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of selectionsfrom Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors/ minors will have special assignments. (On demand) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culhue This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domesticand foreign influencesat work in the comparativelyhomogeneouspopulationof Norway willbe examined.Written and oral reports in theNorwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 353 399 411 499 Introduction to Literahue for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) S w e y of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extendingback to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Alternate years) Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensivepractice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavianlanguagesand to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Russian .(RUS) Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 111,112 Elementary Russian A i d to developreading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developingease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. 211,212 Intermediate Russian Continuesdevelopingtheskillsof writing, understandingand speakingwith an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC) + Spanish (SPA) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457,2 of 352,353,354, and either 331 or 332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minoc 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversation-composition,1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Interim or Summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: 5 courses beyond 212, including 1in conversationcomposition, 1 in literature, 1 in civilization, and 2 electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectualgrowth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. besigned for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 261 Spanish Language (Seeunder Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratorywork. This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. Brereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanishand wish to expand them. Intensivepractice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culhue Study of the Spanishcharacterand of Spanishcontribution to world civiliiation through historical, intellectual, literary, and artisticmovements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Altemate years) Introduction to Literature for Language Students 350 Theory and practice of literary studies.A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, Literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. Brereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, I1 A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lebures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.:311or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 332 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reportsin the language. Emphasison theGolden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Altemate years) 457 Spanish Novel Studyof the outstanding novelists of the 19thand 20th century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. General Studies (GST) Joel Mugge and Donald Warren Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 009 Cooperative Education Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff. No course aedit. (Fall and Spring) 140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140,Fall; 141,Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) V Global Education Programs The center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, is committed to education which helps citizens expand their world view and deepen their understanding of international issues. The Center believes that firsthand knowledge of other societies and cultures builds international awareness, informs debate on foreign policy, and contributes to a more just and peaceful world. Toward this end, the Center offers a variety of experiential education programs which examine the problems of international development and the dynamics of social change. A unique dimension of the Center's work is that its programs include the perspectives of the poor and disenfranchised as well as the views of decision-makers. + Program in Global Community The Center for Global Education offersa spring semester program, The Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an academic program that explores the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice, and the role of the church in Latin America. Students live together as a community in the Augsburg Study Center, but also with Mexican families. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director) INS 311 The Development Process This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental processes. Particular theories of development and educational approaches are criticallyexamined. As an integrativeseminar, the courseattempts to pull together the many aspects of the overall program. The seminar provides studentsthe opportunity to reflect criticallyon their own educationalprocess as well. (Required course) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required) HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensiveview of Mexico's historical development from preColumbian times to the present day. (Either this course or GST 230 required) 299 Directed Study 499 Independent Study This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead of time in consultationwith a Departmentaladviser on the home campus and the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to the discipline and the theme of global community. (Optional fourth course) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologiansas well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: 1course in religion or theology. Optional fourth course) + Human Services in a Latin American Context The Center for Global Education offers a fall semester program, Human Services in a Latin American Context, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousness and increase their ability to work together to change their situation. H u m a n Services i n a Latin American Context is a 3 1/2 month study program designed to introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service and their contribution to the process of social change. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand i n hand with the empowerment of individuals a n d groups to control their own lives. This semester program is co-sponsored with Pacific Lutheran University. The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room and board a t Augsburg College. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (Spanish) Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instructionis geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director) SWK 361, SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work or Sociology) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican society from an historical perspective. The course will examine the distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. This course, with a different set of student objectives and a differentbibliography, can be taken for social work or sociology credit. SWK 399 Internship (Social Work) A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overviewof how the agency functionsand how populations are served. POL 295 Global Perspectives: The World in Change (Political Science) A survey of global issuesaffectingthe human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world; modernization and development; economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; peace and justice; cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global perspectivewhich recognizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. EDE /EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education (Education) A comparative approach to learning some basic goals and methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Students will apply their knowledge of educationalconceptsused in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical thinking, consciousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving. A focus throughout the course will be on exploring the transferability of these learning models to North America. V Health and Physical Education Department (HPE) Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime Sports); men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson),Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad I + Health Educatjon J Majol: 110,'11<11<, 320.35; 410; BIO 103,108,111; CHM 105or 109;PSY 105; SOC Teaching Major: Same as Health Education mapr plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320 or 410; BIO 103; SOC 231. Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. Health and Safety Education (112course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All coursesin the major sequencenumbered in the 100and 200 seriesand consent of instructor) Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) Tests and Measurement (112course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Physical J3ducation i/ J " 1J "' ' - 1 1 Major: 114,115, 3 5 4 7 ~ 5223,231; ; 232,'243,350,351,471:472,474,475; BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471, 472,474,475; BIO 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department Chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243. Thereisno PE teaching minor inMinnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 1031,475 (Prereq.: 350), 1of 476483 (except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota teacher's license. 002,003 Lifetime Sports 199 223 231 232 234 243 299 350 Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the general education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit. Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) . Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Gamesconcepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim) Outdoor Education (112 course) This course will look zt a wide variety of outdoor activitiesthat can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, campingand water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Even numbered years, Spring) History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall) Physiology of Exercise The mapr effects of exercise upon the systemsof the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring) Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) Internship Consult Department Chairperson. Sailing in the Virgin Islands Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). (Interim) Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) Gymnastics (112 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) Swimming and Aquatics (112 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (112 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350, Fall, .lst half of term, and even numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Football (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term) Coaching of Basketball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Hockey (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Track and Field (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term) Coaching of BasebalYSof tball(112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 481 483 499 Officiating of Basketball (112 course) Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball. Prepares student for certificationby the Minnesota State High School Association. (Interim) Coaching of Volleyball (112 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term) Independent Study Directed intensivestudy in an area of physicaleducation.Open only to junior or senior majors. V History Department (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished Medievalist J.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long heid a major role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The Department has smngth in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United States, and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),James Brothen, Gregory Bruess, Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, John R Jenswold Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least 4 of these courses must be Upper Division. A major must have at least 1 course (either survey or upper level) from each of the 4 areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a History Major in combinationwith specified social sciencecourses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least 3 of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, applicationbefore the end of the first term of the junior year; 2 years of a foreign languageat the collegelevel (orits equivalent);an honorsthesis (equalto 1course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: First year students should enroll in 1 or more of the 101-104 courses. Distributioncredit is normally given only for courses 101-104.200level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course. There are 16 Upper Division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this Department. Severalare offered each term. Offeriigsdepend upon faculty schedulesand student registration. 101 102 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centersof cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship Lower Division Internship. U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation tom apart by the Civil War. U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes crosscultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. Scandinavian History Prehistoric to 1750 An introduction to the settlement and development of the Scandinavian countries with emphasis on their impact on and contributions to the development of European society. Scandinavian History 1750 to the Present An introduction to the history of the Scandinaviancountries from the early modern period to the present with emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history. Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. Modem Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysisof the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. Modern Japan An examinationof the emergence of Japan as amajor world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. Mexico: A Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and-political institutions. Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistickingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. Internship in History A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper Division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of Englishhistory from a 15thcenturybackground through 1714.The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the Englishliteraryrenaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modem state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. Topics in World History This course will investigatetopics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. The World and The West This coursebegins with Europe's discoveryof the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. 495 499 Seminar Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admissionbypermission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year. Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major. V Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson and Richard Nelson The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach simiIar questions and issues, and to participate in interdisdplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, m a t e your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study,and then by taking courses in various departments relating to that theme. The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Major: g murses, including 275. Elve of the courses must be Upper Division. Courses must be selected fmm at least 4 of these 7 departments- Art, English, Foreign Languages, fTistory,l%3osophy, Religion, and Speech,Communication and Theatre Arts. No more than 3 courses from anyone department can be used to satisfy the requirement. I Note: Each student taking a humanities mapr will focus on someparticular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major p r o m . Six ofthe 9 courses must be t a k a in this core.The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the corecan k chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the skudent in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplinesunless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values from the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. 499 Independent Studies Individual study and w r c h on some intdsciplinary humanities topic, worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by the Humanities Committee. V Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See Metro-Urban Studies, Global Education Programs, and Women's and Minority Studies) V International Relations Norma C. Noonan, Director International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of 7 courses and 6 electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a Semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to intenational studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia, and others. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 13courses. (1)7 required courses: ECO 112 or 113;HIS 103or 104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign languae. Q )6 ofthe following electives (not more than 3 from any one disciplinemaybe countedtoward the major);ECO 360, 495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 330,351,381,382,455,459; REL 356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval of the Program Director; fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Minor: 7 courses and 1year of foreign language. Required ECO 112or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160.One come of HIS 332, POL 363 or 4 1 .One year of foreignlanguage. Any 3 courses from the list ofapproved electivesforthe major. Not more than 2 courses horn any department could count toward the minor. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages cuurth t o w a d the major; prerequisite courses or competencies mmot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a gmgraphic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. V Mathematics and Computer Science Department At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modern needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any liberallyeducated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization, and the development of computers has already begun to influence modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this Department axe prepared for graduate school, work in industry,or semice professions, with opportunities to focus on either the itheoretical or the appIied areas of their vocations. Internship and Coop erative Education options help students takeadvantage of Augsbwg's proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Ken Kaminsky (Chairperson), Larry Copes, Tarry Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Matthew Foss, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland, Beverly Stratton Mathematics Major: 9 courses in mathematics including MAT 124,125,215,224, 314,324, and 3 electivesfrom MAT courses about 210, at most 1 of which is at the 200 level; participationin Departmental colloquium. Also required: CSC 170.At least 2 Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Fm teachinglicensuw, the 3 electives must be 351,373, and 441. Studentswishing to become licensed teachmare advise3 to consult with the Education Department for other requirements. Computer ScienceMaj or: 9 coursesincluding 240,345,350,445,450;270 or BUS 175; and 3 electives from CSC courses above 260 or 1 of SOC 363 or BUS 479; participation in Departmental colloquium. Also required: MAT 174, 175 (or MAT 124,125,171,224and CSC 170);MAT 215; MAT 373 or BUS 279 or SOC 362. At least 2 of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,1751,224, and 2 electives from MAT courses above 210, at most 1 of which is at the 200 level. For a teaching minor the2 additional courses must be selected from MAT 215,314,328,351,373, 441. Computer Science Minor: 6 courses including 170,171 (or MAT 174,175), 240,345, 350, and 1 course from MAT 355, BUS 279, SOC 363, or any CSC courseover 260. PrerequisiteslPlacement Exam - Before enrolling in any mathematics course in this Department the student must have scored appropriately on the Augsburg MathematicsPlacement Exam or an equivalent exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college, or have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam. These students, and those who place into Group V, should consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take. + Mathematics (MAT) Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system,exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions.Counts as one c o w e i n semester%load but d w not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematia Placement T=t. (Prmq.: Placement Group I. P/N grading only) 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-pacedcourseforstudentsnoedinga rwiew ofbasic algebraicskillsand concepts. Topics include operations with polynomialsand rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities;and graphing of linm and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission onlybyAugsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: Placement Group 11. P/N grading only) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: alpbraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonomehic, For students planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register f o r d i t edywithconsent of instructor. 104or Plament Group III. Spring) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Spring) 124,125,224 Calculus I, 11, HI Differentialand integral calculus, including calculusof severalvariables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analyticgeometry. Primarily for students in mathematicsor the sciences. (Prereq.:114or Placement Group IV for 124; 124 for 125; 125 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Fall) 103 m.: Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathema tics such as seb and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory. (Prereq. 114or 121or Placement Group IV. Fall) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1 A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning structured programming. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175) 171 Honors Mathematics for the Ijberal Arts Like 131, but for sophomores in the Honors Program. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111, and freshman honors courses; or permission of instructor. Spring) Number Theory An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224 or 175. Spring) Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) Analysis An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Complex Variables An introduction to complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation and integration,series, analyticfunctions, conformal mappings, and applications. (Prereq.: 224. Alternate years, Fall 1988) Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods with projective axioms as abasis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Alternate years, Fall 1989) Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procdureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topitsinclude thegeneralconceptof iterativeformulae,solution of equations, Newton's method, l i n w systems,intapolation, numerical differen tiation and integration, Pmeq.:175;or 224, CSC 170. Alternateyears, Fall 1989) Probability and Statistics An analyticstudy of probability and statistics,including probabilitydistributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224 or 175.Fall) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship Supervisor. 441 481 491 499 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: completionof or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1988) Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor. Spring) Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. + Computer Science (CSC) Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not applytoward either a computer science major or minor. 170 Structured Programming An introduction to computer languages and algorithms. Applications from mathematics, business, and natural sciences. Programming in a higher level language such as Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 124. Spring) 171 Discrete Mathematics (See MAT 171) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1 (SeeMAT 174, MAT 175) 240 Survey of Computer Science An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175; or both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT 171. Fall) 261 Electronics (See PHY 261) 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq. 240. Fall) 145 Computer Systems and Assembly Language Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications.Developmentof competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall) Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 240. Spring) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (240 is recommended before 352 is taken. Spring) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the CooperativeEducation office as well as the Computer ScienceInternship Supervisor. Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major componentsof computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architectureon operating systems. (Prereq.: 345, MAT 215. Spring) Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium (See MAT 491) Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from such areas as computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Research Project An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member. If directly supervised by a faculty member the course may be taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring) Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. V Metro-Urban Studies (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACT) enrich the overall program. Metro-Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director),Andrew Aoki, Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, John Jenswold, Myles Stenshoel Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123,279 or SOC 362; HIS 431; POL 122,384 or SOC363; SOC 211,381; a minimum of 1 course of Internship or Independent Study; 2 non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least 1 of which must be in the humanities (currentoptionsincludeART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended, as are the HECUA programs. To complete the major, the student has a choice among 3 emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These 5 elective courses must include a minimum of 3 disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, Int&s, Internships, Independent Studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges. Participation in the urban programs offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) is highly recommended. Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 211,381; an approved Social ScienceResearch Course; an approved Internship and/or Independent Study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the Director. 199 299 399 498 499 Internship Lower Division Internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.:Consent of instructor and SOC 121 or 211. Fall, Spring, Summer) Internship Consult theProgramDirector for details. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, perfomances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department facultymember. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. FA,Spring, Summer) Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 4 Urban Studies Options Through HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 16 colleges and universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director served as its president from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 359 399 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assignedto complement morning field seminartopics. Included are government and institutional publications, journal articles and books. Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies or businesses for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an Internship of one or two courses. 11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 377 393 394 Norwegian Language Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. Scandinavia in the World Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with advocates of competing perspectives. Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modern welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinaviancapitalsfor a comparativeperspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent study &search, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved bytheSUSTProgramDirector and the appropriatehome college faculty adviser. 111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 361 362 363 499 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. Introduction to Colombia Overview of Colombia and economic development. Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists. Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusingon plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. Independent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. IV. City Arts A program that explores the arena of human creativity by bringing participants directly into contact with the practice, administration, politics, and economics of the art world of the Twin Cities. 300 300 399 Field Seminar: Arts in the Cities Field study of art worlds and their role in the Cities. Topics include the social organization of the arts, doing business in the arts, arts and the urban landscape, making a living as an artist, funding for nonprofit arts organizations, artists and audience, the dispersing city and problem of audience. Research Semina~:The Creative Process An investigation of contemporary studies of intelligence, creativity, and thinking processes that uses both academic literature and discussions with artists and other resource people. Special workshops on topics such as writing and thinking, visual studies and communication, and photography, encourage studentsto try out new ways of working and different approaches to learning. Internship Individually developed Internship or mentoring arrangements with Twin Citiesartists or arts organizations. Students may choosean Internship for one or two courses. V. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) This Spring semester program is a n interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua a n d Puerto Rico. Immersion in Spanish language a n d Colombian culture a r e stressed. 261 360 364 367 499 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Selected works of literature and theatre that express writers' and artists' perspectives on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on contemporary period with considerable field study, including interviews with community arts and "street" theatre groups, writers, literary critics, composers, performers and filmmakers; small-group field assignments on current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits, movies, plays concerns and a variety of community arts events. Latin American Arts and Society Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among arts, ideologyand society. Provides historicalbackground through survey of Latin American thought in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican, Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "Indigenismo," Realist and Contemporary. Readings and seminar lecture-discussions. Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Introduction to the study of ideology and .historical o v e ~ e wof Latin American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and social change. Comparative study of current ideological debates and their impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competingideologies; interviews with government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects reflecting ideology-in-practice. Independent Study By special permission from LISLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct Independent Study research instead. V Music Department (MUS) Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an important component of personal, social, and intellectual development. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music Education Major; and Bachelor of ScienceMusic Therapy Major. In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an excellent preparation for satisfyingand effective service in many occupational areas. Music Faculty: Robert Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Laine Bryce, Wayne Dalton, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Merilee Klemp, Angela Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Adele Lorraine, Steven Lund, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn Mickelson, Patricia Nortwen, Celeste OfBrien, Marlene Pauley, Nicholas Raths, Thomas Rolfs, Thomas Rossin, Pauline Sateren, George Stahl, Mary Wilson Music Coordinator: Mary Ella Pratte Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enrollin the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to Departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semesterinresidence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the sixth term of study. All other music major and minor candidatesmust apply, by petition, to theDepartment prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 101or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a CPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinationsof the above. + Degree and Major Requirements Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311, 341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. (SeeApplied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major: Offersthe broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Requirements: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music elective;Performance studies -6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2quarter coursesin the minor instrument or voiceand a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire tests. Requirements for the Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with 4 quarter courses in Performance studies. Music minors must pass one Music Repretoire test. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies- 2 quarter courses, 4 half courses, 2full courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459; improvisation competency on major instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoiretests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Vocal emphasis -251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis -151,155, and 1course credit of music elective Otherrequirements: 10 1/2coursecredits: HPE 114,115,PSY 105,EDS265,354,355, 356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the EducationDepartment, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Music Performance Major Designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosenby students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202, 212; Performance studie-2 quarter courses and 6 full courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358,459; keyboard proficiency test, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Voice -251,252,253,254,435,l course of music elective, 2 courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements Piano or Organ -301,302,436,456,1/2 course credit of music elective Instrument -301,302,11/2 course credits of music electives Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music elective; 2 of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles (MUE): One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no aedit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/ N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V)designation. A maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies (MUP): All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit with traditional grading arerequiredto satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student, taking private lessons for no credit, is not required to fulfill the additional performance and listening requirements. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit- one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per week. One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per week. One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, and as additionally required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend 15designated music events during the academic year and pass the Music Repertoire test. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Music majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. (See Music Department Guides for contents of Music Repertoire tests.) Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance major recitals. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. B.A. and B.S. Candidates -one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level 111. B.M. Music Education Major -one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level 111and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV. B.M. Performance Major -full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358, 459. Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarityby passing the Piano Proficiency test. This test may be taken at the beginning or end of Fall or Spring semester.(See Music Department Guide for contents of Piano Proficiency test) Music Courses (MUS) Theory 101 102 111 112 201 202 211 212 301 Materials of Music I (112course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall) Materials of Music I1 (112course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring) Aural Skills I (112course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registration in or completion of 101. Fall) Aural Skills I1 (112course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring) Materials of Music 111 (112course) Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall) Form and Analysis (112course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring) Aural Skills 111 (112course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Spring) Aural Skills IV (112course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. Brereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring) Counterpoint I (112course) 16ththrough 18thcentury contrapuntaltechniques includingdoublecounterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. Brereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Fall 1988) 302 311 312 341 342 344 Counterpoint I1 (112course) Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring 1989) Composition I (112course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall) Composition I1 (112course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Spring) Basic Conducting (112course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique.Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) Choral Conducting (112course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring) Instrumental Conducting (112course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theorycomposition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 401 Counterpoint 111(112course) Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall) 402 Counterpoint IV (112course) Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing Brereq.: 401. Spring) 411 Composition III (112course) Individual and class instruction in all styles. Brereq.: 312. Fall) 412 Composition IV (112course) Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring) History and Literature 130 230 231 232 330 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors. Electronics in Music Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerationsin the creativeaspects of the art. For non-music majors. History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 201,112. Fall) History and Literature of Music I1 Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 201,112. Spring) Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. (Interim) The followingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (112course) (Alternate years, Fall 1989) 332 Music of the Classical Period (U2course) (Alternate years, Spring 1990) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112course) (Alternate years, Fall 1989) 334 Music of the 20th Century (U2course) (Alternate years, Spring 1990) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as themusic and theology student. (Spring) 435 Voice Repertoire (112course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1988) 436 Piano Repertoire (U2course) Study of the piano literature from the 17thcenturyto the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Spring 1989) 498,499 Independent Study (U2course each) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151,152 Voice Methods (114course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155,156 Piano Methods (114course) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. 157,158 Guitar Methods (114course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (U4course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students registered for vocal instruction. (Fall semester) The following threequarter coursesare continuationsof 251 with applicationfor the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (114course) (Prereq.: 251. Fall semester) 253 German Diction (114course) (Prereq.: 251. Spring semester) 254 French Diction (114course) (Prereq.: 251. Spring semester) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education Majorsor full recital at LevelIV, Music Performancemajors. No coursecredit. 456 458 459 Piano Pedagogy (112course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1990) Senior Recital Half recitalby B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoireLevelII1. No course credit. Senior Recital (112course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Music Performance majors. Therapy Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objectiveapproach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music I1 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. 374,374 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of 274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2course) Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) 110 + Ensembles and Performance Studies Ensembles (MUE) These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes Interims. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major,minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 Chorale (l/&course) 114 Festival Choir (0) 121 Orchestra (114 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (114course) 142 Brass Ensemble (0) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Performance Studies (MUP) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. AU areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. Group lessons in piano, voice and guitar are available at a reduced fee. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying,ensembIeparticipation and other performanm. Representative programs of study in private insttuction are o u t h e d in Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain 111; B.M. Education Major -enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -enter 11and attain V. Ilx Voice 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute Recorder, Horn 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba 15x Piano 16x Guitar 17x Percussion 18x Organ Class Lessons: 011 Voice class 015 Piano class 016 Guitar class Note carefully the following provisions: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Instrumental rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office. Seniormusic majorswho haveattained acumulativeGPA averageof 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessonsin that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarshipsare available to entering freshmen. A semesterof study is 14weeks of lessonsand coaching.Any lessonsduringthe Interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance outside the Department if it interfereswith musical growth for the student. The Department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. V Natural Science Earl Alton, Coordinator The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specializationin an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, and the courses required in the Department of Education, and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Licensure Program f or Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science (minor), grades 7-12 Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12 Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12 Physics (minor), grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grades 5-9 Broad Base Requirement: 7courses: 2 in earth science (Astronomyor Meteorology, Geology), 2in GeneralBiology, 3 inPhysicalScience (Physicsfor the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and 2 courses of General Chemistry). Biology Major: (For licensure in Life Science) The Broad Base requirement plus 8 courses: 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least 1from each of the following groups: (I)351 (Invertebratezoology)or 353 (Comparativevertebrate Zoology), (11)355 (Genetics)or 474 (Developmental Biology), (In)361 (PlantBiology)or 481 (Ecology), (IV) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V)440 Plant Physiology) or 476 (Microbiology), and 1course in Organic Chemistry. Chemistry Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (General Chemistry) (or 105-106), 351,352 (Organic Chemistry),353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (Physical Chemistry), 363 (PhysicalChemistryLaboratory), 1Advanced Chemistrycourse, and Chemistry Seminar. In addition a year of General Physics and 2 additional physics courses above General Physics; Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended. Physics Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in Physics: PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (Modern Physics), 351 (Mechanics I), 362 (Electromagnetic Fields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and 3 additional coursesto be selected from 261 (Electronics),352(MechanicsII),363 (Electromagnetic Fields II), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (QuantumPhysics 11). In addition, ayear of General Chemistryand 1courseeach of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry. Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus 7 courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistryminor and an additional Upper Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus 1additional course above PHY 122. Science (For Middle SchoolLicensure- grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirementand an additional 7 Natural Science courses, 2 in Earth Science (Meteorology and Mineralogy or equivalent), 2 biology courses above General Biology, and 3 in Physical Science, at least 1each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a College major. Nursing Department (NUR) Augsburg offers an Upper Division major in professional nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as a registered nurse in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganicchemistry, organic ar biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition,introductory mciology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another acaedi ted college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must have been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be satisfactorily repeated or challenged. In addition, applicants must successfully validate their theoretical knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Mag o n e Audette, Marian Enos, Sharon McDonald, Sharon Ostwald, Pam Weiss, Teri Welcher Major: 10 courses in nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403,404,423,427; PSY 355 or an approved Upper Division biology course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483. Courses in interpersonal communication are supportive to the major. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required biology and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends and are designed so that they may be completed within two to three years. However, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with anadviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the Department Chairpersonby November 1 of the senior year; recommendationby nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended beforeafacultycommitteeby April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the componentsof the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. The communicativeprocess is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their applicabilityto changing professional roles and practice. A teaching project is required. (Prereq. or current enrollment: PSY 355) Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional dwdopmmt. The function of theory in guiding nursing p m timis emphasized.Selectednursing conceptual modelsare studied and their applicationto practiceisexamined using the nursingproms format. Clinical application is required. (Prereq.: 305) Community Health Nursing I The focus of this course is on community health delivery systems and the practiceof public health nursing. Concepts of health a m examined as they apply to current cornmunity health problems and issues. Qinical application of course content involves making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethicalissuesrelatedto community health decisionmaking with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330) Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum* This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. 310) Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigatethe current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment) c rer re^.: Introduction to Nursing Research Theresearch process and methods appropriateto nursing arethe focusof this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursingresearch for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330;maybe taken concurrently with 310) Contemporary Nursing III: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 311,350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management T h i s course pmvfdm a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse rules. Conceptsofchange,&nflict,communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountabilityand advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prey.: 403) Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment) Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management* This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq.: 404 or concurrent enrollment) 432 499 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunityfor the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, studentsare required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. V Occupational Therapy Adapting to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied science that teaches people skills to enable them to perform the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional disability has affected them. The ultimate goal of the occupational therapist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of wholeness and independence. Given the orientation of this applied science to development of the abilities of the whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded in the liberal arts. Augsburg College has a cooperative 32 arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Science or Master of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. The Bachlelor of Science requires four semesters at Washington University, and the Master of Science requires five. Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the academic major of their choice and meeting general education requirements in the liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg College while gaining the minimum prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program adviser and plan their programs carefully since fulfilling necessary requirements in three years may be difficult in certain majors. Majors in Biology, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated alternatives. Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the Bachelor of Science program at Washington University provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. They will be given preference for admission to the Master of Science program at Washington University if they fulfill the above requirements and receive two additional recommendations from health care professionals, faculty or work supervisors. Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG111,BIO111,112,and473or353;CHM105or115;PHY103;PSY105, 351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373. V Philosophy Department (PHI) The Philosophy Department assists students in understanding issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values, and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about significance and meaning, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different:aspectsof the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arb by helping students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong the world, and God. Beginning with hva Somatic principles: 'The unexamined I i k is not worth living," and 'Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment. At Augsburg the philosophy major i s founded upon the princi p1e that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the care of the major consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in Western civilization.In addition, majors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the Department offers, as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Though some majors g o on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such a s law, medicine, or Christian ministry. Many enter the market place, feeling that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach, Paul Holmer Major. 9 courses, including 130,141,242,343,344, and a course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end will consist of an honors thesis on an approved of the junior year. The topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor. 5 courses, including 2 from 141,242,343, and 344. Note: 110,120,130, and 141 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 120 130 141 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, m l y have theybeen critically analyzed or evaluated for rheir consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to w e e m culture.The purpose of this course is to provide the student with someexperienceinexamining ideas, and therebyto sharpen the &ti& and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas arid beliefs. Ethics This course studies moral judgments about personal and social issues, and evaluates possible grounds for making moral decisions. It also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life. Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Introduction to Philosophy Readings in Classical Texts The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze some of the keyworks by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism in order to familiarize the student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy. An advanced introductory course in philosophy for honor students, those contemplating a philosophy major or minor and those students wishing a more in-depth approach to philosophy at the introductory level. Excludes students enrolled for 110. (Spring) - Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. History of Philosophy: M e d i d and Renaissance PhiIosophy The Middle A g e was a period of great synthesis of elements of m s t i a n metation, classical phiIosbphy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by St. hselm, St. Banaventme, Occam, St. Thomas Aquinas and Nicholas of Cusa In order to understand the process of philosophicalassimihtioninvolved incanstrvcting a Christian philosophy. S i the Remissanm intensified the medieval synthesis, students will.be exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. (Fall) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Ksfoy of PhiIasophy:Enlightenment and 19th Century FMosophy Does knowledge begirt with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get beyond our own concepts to h o w the world itself? What isan idealist view of the world? This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course, 141 or 242) History of lhitcsophy: Twentieth Centuiy Philosophy love affair with language? Is What lies k h i n d 20th century philosophy"~ truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a ligorous sdence? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 141,242, or 343) Philosophy of Religion What is the relationbetween faith and reason?Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Are we really immortal? Are &des possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these gumions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggest=&: 1prior course in philosophy) (Cross-listed with Religion 350) Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:1prior course in philosophy) Poli ti& PMIosophy Ey studying the writings af political philosophers from antiquity up to the modern period, students win be asked to examine m c i a l questions concerning the organization of human society. Therelation of thenature of the smte to religion, the home and the city will be took& at through the eyes of Mato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or 1course in natural science) 370 380 399 410 430 499 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: 1 prior course in philosophy) Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethicalprinciples to problems which arise inthe areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specificarea of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 141,242,343,344 or consent of instructor) Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, St. Thomas, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 141,242,343, or consent of instructor) Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. - V Physics : -+ b! Department (PHY) Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates. In addition, the Physics Program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelofs and the advanced degree levels. Cooperative Education, Internship, and Undergmduate Research programs provide opportunities for students to apply fheir physicaI science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Students may participate in alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson),Nick Arge, Kenneth Erickson, Jeffrey Johnson, William Monsma . . . B.A. Major; 9murres, including 121,122,2k,351,362,363,395and 396 (l/2course each), plus 2 courses above 122. B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (1/2course each), and 486, plus 2 courses above 122.A yea. of introductory chemistry is also required. B.A. Major with Concentration in Space Physics: 13 courses, including 121,122, 245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (1/2 course each). 420 and 486, plus 1 course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to workclosely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshmanyear, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the EducationDepartment sectionof the Catalogand consultwith the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the f i s t term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and 3 courses above 122. Soaety of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership ina national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 101 103 106 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that q u i r e s elementaryalgebra-Thenecssaryopticalinstruments areexplained and use is made of a 12-inchreflecting telescope, an Sinch Celesbn, and a 3-in& Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Mathema tics PIament Group TI) Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical educatisn (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111. Spring) Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of theatmosphere. The courseis designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of theearth and to themany varied aspectsof weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influenceof weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and opticalphenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 o n e hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics Placement Group 11. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, I1 A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 245 Modem Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimentalbasis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This courseindicatesthe need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronicscomprisesthe first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125) 299 DirectedStudy Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 320 Introduction to Space Science A s w e y of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ion* sphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation,and aurora. (3onehour lectures. Prereq.: 245) 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics at an intermediate level, with A; introduction to mathematical emphasis on functionswhich have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel, and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations, and functionsof a complex variable. (Prereq.: 122 or consent of instructor; MAT 224 or equivalent) 351,352 Mechanics I, I1 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226.351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, I1 The classical e l m m a g n e t i c field theory is dweloped using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, rnagnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratoryinvestigations,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physicrs, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (1 th~+hourlaboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmanndistribution functionand Boltzmann equation,magnetohydrodynamics, plasmawaves and instabilities,and transport processes. The applications of plasma physics to laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 362, 363 or concurrent registration) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systemsand processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedingerequation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics I1 The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval. I I V Political Science Department (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions.If also serves as a foundation on which to deveIop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and ofher Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as special strengths in interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty: Norma Noonan (Chairperson), Milda Hedblom, Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Joseph Goldman, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 1220r 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other Upper Division courses in 4 out of 5 political science areas. A seminar in 1of the 5 areas may be counted for that area. Honors MajOG The Honors Majm in Political Science includes the requirements Listed above, plus the following:The student's gradcpoirrt averagemust be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March I of the senioryear, an HonorsTh&sta be defended beforea faculty committee. Students maywork with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,mnsul t the Departmental Chairperson.Students should applyfor the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 Upper Division courses in 3 out of 5 political science areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics 01) Comparative Politics and Analysis (111) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V)Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondaryeducation may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 122 325 326 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modem urban complex. Discussionlecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.:1coursein political science or consent of instructor) Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) 342 370 371 421 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communicationson individualbehavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Junior and senior students only) Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) Constitutional Law I1 (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 350 351 381 459 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor) Communist Political Systems A comparativeanalysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor) Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand) 111. International Politics 160 363 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamicsof the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor) 461 490 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor) Seminar in International Relations Capstoneseminar for studentsmajoring ininternational relations; analysisof some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 4 courses in the international relations sequence) IV. Public Law 170 370 371 375 Law in the United States A surveyof American law and legal process. Theories of law;law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the SupremeCourt in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Constitutional Law I1 Constitutionallimitationsof the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the SupremeCourt to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics A study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media ethics and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 380 381 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizingthe values, goals, and assumptionswhich continueto inform and to rationalize humangovernance. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor) Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor) 382 484 Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of instructor) Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including in examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; 158 and 2 Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 295 299 399 490 495 498 499 Internship Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin theDepartment to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) Lower Division Seminar Specialtopics.Consult Department Chairpersonconcerningtermsand subject matter. (On demand) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) Seminar in International Relations (See Section III for description) Seminar Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. ( P r e req.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) V Psychology Department (PSY) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The Department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical pre-professional experience. On the job experience gives students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. Psychology Faculty: Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dymd, Norman Ferguson, Paul Hirdman, Duane Johnson Major: 10coursesincluding 105,264,265,381,399, and 493. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select 1course from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the major. Not more than 2 courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration,biology, or communication. All psychology majors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminatingthe major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than 1course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399, CSC 145, SOC 363, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Norman Ferguson. 105 199 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. Internship Internship on Lower Division level. Cooperative Education Program may apply here. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Augsburg Cooperative Education Office. Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105. On demand) 165 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, I1 A two-term sequence including experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the Go-term sequence; 264 must precede265;265 should betaken inthe termimmediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. Social Behavior Social factors which influenceindividual and group behavior in naturalistic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry into practical implicationsand applicationsof data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105) Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105) Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. (On demand) Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 105) Learning earning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) Psychological Assessment Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105. On demand) Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105) Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105) Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involvingknowledgeof materials bearing on the developmentof sex differences and roles, the effect of societyupon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105or consent of instructor) Organizational Psychology Theoreticalconceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluationand maintenance of workeffectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.: 105) Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: 2 psychology courses) Internship Prior to the beginning of the term, interested studentsshould consult with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis. Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362; SOC 363. On demand) Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Considerationgiven to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 4 psychology courses) Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105and consent of instructor. Alternate years) Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychologicalviewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 psychology courses) Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced studentsin psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. V Religion Department (REL) Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Students who wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in religion appropriate for that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, Eugene Skibbe Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written 1 formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only 1 Interim course may be applied to the major. One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,358,360 or 483,362, 399,471 or 473,481. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, 5 courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day Schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 overall; research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than 1 Interim course may be counted for the minor. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,356,358,360 or 483, 362,399,471 or 473,481); HPE 232; PSY 105,351,352 or 371,485; SOC 211 or PSY 373, SOC 231; SPC 354. This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding 2 or 3 courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the Department Chairperson. 111 199 221 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Internship Internship on Lower Division level. Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergenceof the church. Directed Study Independent Study on Lower Division level. Philosophy of Religion (See under Philosophy Department) Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. Life and Work of the Church Congregationallifein itsvaried character withattention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years) Religion and Society An examination of theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch on religious movements in American society. (Spring) The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Alternateyears, Spring) Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavianimmigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) The Church and Social Change in h t i n America (See under Program in Global Community) Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester junior standing, and satisfy Department guidelines. Church Music and Worship (See under Music Department) Jesus and His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) Theology of Paul A study of the ApostlePaul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Alternateyears, Spring) The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate years, Spring) Judaism A surveyof the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaismoffered in the Religion Department. (Fall) Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematicperspective, in thelight of thecontinuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternateyears, Spring) Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy Departmental guidelines. V Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan, Campus Coordinator, Staff Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required. This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies);2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies);1course in Russian history; 1course in Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. V Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA) Mary Kingsley, Foreign Language Department Chairperson Major: 8 Upper Division courses. Minor: 4 Upper Division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as Upper Division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Foreign Language Department. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. Old Norse (See under Department of Foreign Languages Norwegian) Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavianculture with special emphasis on conditions and developmentsin the20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavianlanguage desirable but not required. (On demand) The Modem Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussionbased on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Piir Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxnessand others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readingsincludedramatic worksby Ibsen, Bjomson, Strindberg,Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On demand) Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See under Department of Religion) Norwegian Language and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Scandinavia in the World (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Seminar: Ethnidmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. V Social Science Khin Khin Jensen,Coordinator A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course (ECO279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382, 461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Studyor Interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfillthis social sciencemajor should consult the Chairpersonof theDepartment of History in choosing a major adviser. V Social Studies Jerry Gerasimo, Coordinator Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professionalrequirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. SocialStudiesTeachingLicensure: 7 courses(ECO112or113,Geography, HIS222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in 1of 5 fields -Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. Studentsconsideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordir~ator. V Social Work Devartment The Social Work major program prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, communities, and to develop and analyze social policy. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for social work education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everything there is to know about his/her job except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective social workers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals. Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect, and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop a Big Brother/Big Sister program on campus, mobilizing students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson),Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link Major: 11Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and SOC365; and 8 SupportingProgram courses:257,260; BIOlO1;PSY 105;SOC 121, 231,265,365,375. (The Sociologysequenceconstitutesa minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 average is required in the supporting program. Concentration:Concentrationin Aging, ChemicalDependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and 1of 465, POL 121,158,325. School SocialWork Certif ication: StateDepartmentof Education-requiredHuman Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388. Elective courses open to all students: 257 260 299 340 361 399 463 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human senrice professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influencethe growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment," and other special stressesrelevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course includes the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population, and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor) Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agencyvisits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of instructor. Fall) Internship* Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of communityorganization and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: Senior or consent of instructor) Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or consent of instructor) Special Topics (112 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim) Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) *Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. Cour'sesreserved for Social Work majors only: Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individualsand small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship-buildingskills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/ or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, junior) Field Work P Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. Brereq.: 361, junior, concurrent with 363) Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasison development of generalist practice skillsand eclecticapproaches with a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462) 363 462 466 467 469 Field Work 11* Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status; concurrent with 461) Field Work I11 (Y2 or 1 course)' Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,462,463) The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professionaljob attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,463) Field Work IV* Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) *Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. V Sociology Department (SOC) Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such a s Internships, Independent Study, Interim courses, and the co-learning courses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning. A major in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education a n d Internships enable majors t o apply the theo.ries and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni w h o have majored in sociology a r e currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, i n industrial relations work, and in program evaluation. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world. Sociology Faculty: Diane Pike (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Gordon Nelson, Garry Hesser, Barbara Johnson Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, Internship, Cooperative Education, Independent Study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacyis contingent upon Departmentalapproval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptanceas a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and 2 Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above). Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 2641,363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Department Chairperson. Principles of Sociology Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. 199 Internship Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin the Department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 211 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The structures and processes within families are studied within their institutional and cultural contexts. 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 273 Crime and Corrections This course includes an examination of Corrections programs within the context of the Adult Criminal and JuvenileJustice Systems. Attention is also given to definitions of crime, theoretical formulations as to possible causes and attempts at control. (Aeld visits arranged to correctional facilities.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 3001301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular courseofferings.May be offeredon campus in addition to regular course offerings or off campus in conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relationto culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: 121) 349 Complex Organizations Little in contemporary life is unaffected by the existence of organizations. This course examines organizationsas corporate actors, looking at the topics of culture, technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121 or permission of instructor) 360 Religion and Society An examinationof theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociologyand political science majors, but 121 recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science quantitative analysis.(Prereq.: Group I11Math Placement Test. For majors, to be taken preceding 363. Fall) Research Methods An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activitiesand individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statisticalanalysis. Designed for social work majors. Not to be taken by sociologymajors. (Prereq.: Level I11 Math Placement Test. Spring) Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationshipto individualbehavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121, junior or senior students only) The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Citiesregionwill be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resourcesinclude extensive readings, simulations, films, outside speakers and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Modern SociologicalTheory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) and Theatre Arts Department (SPC) + Communication Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies designed to promote sensitivity and wisdom in the use of communication, since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and shared understanding. The primary aim of the Department is to help students to communicate effectivelythrough both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument; (2) to develop writing and speaking skills; (3) to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity; and (4) to provide a wide variety of realistic communication experiences. Communication careers call for a broad liberal arts education, so the communication major at Augsburg begins with a foundation of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. In addition to these preparatory courses, the communication major requires five core courses: advanced writing, interpersonal communication, persuasive communication, mass media, and a communication Internship. With the help of a faculty adviser, the student selects five elective courses pertaining to one of the following communication emphases: journalism, public relations, supervisory management, human relations, broadcast media, speech or theatre arts education. For breadth we rec- ommend double majors, and for practical experience we recommend participation in co-curricular communication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in Internships under professional supervision. This major is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion, politics, and law. The speech major is designed to prepare students for teaching in the secondary schools. Students should meet with a Departmental adviser as early as possible to plan the major and obtain a copy of the Departmental Handbook. + Theatre Arts Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of their own humanity. Theatre enables students to experience the beauty, mystery, and ambiguity of life. Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students. The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing, or design. While the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion. Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Raymond Anderson, Deborah Bart, David Lapakko, Martha Johnson Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.0 overall, 2 Independent Study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Communication Courses (SPC) Prospective majors should contact the Department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take 111,PSY 105, SOC 121 or a literature course. Communication Major. 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competencytests in writing and typing. Supporting coursesrequired but not countingtoward the major: PHI 130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the Department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350, 351, 352, 354, 360; participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and 6 of the following: 241 or 343,350, 351,352,354,360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondaryschools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speech-theatre arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education. Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Journalism (See under Department of English) 225,330 Visual Communications I, I1 (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science)Junior and senior students only. 343 Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment. 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effectiveuse of meetings and sourcesof communicationproblems 111 in the workplace.Designed to enhance communicationskillsof both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communicationand attempt to apply it to their own experiencesin organizations. Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes and individual coaching. (Alternateyears, Fall) Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussionand also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion;how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonalcontexts;the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interactionthrough verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership, and conflict management. This course combineslecture with practical experienceto help the student become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small group. Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) Media Regulation, Law and Ethics (See under Department of Political Science) Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details) Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Theatre Arts Courses (SPC) Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,222,232 a n d 228.111 is not part of the major. Theatre Arts Major: 10 courses (222,228,232,361,362,366, and 4 of the following: 116,229,343,350,360,367,428,429,432); plus 111,l Internship, 1theatre Interim course, and 10production units in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. This major should be supported by courses in dramatic literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art, and media art (cinema, radio, television, video). Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and 5 production units in the following areas: acting (1 required), technical crew work (2 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses: 116,222,228,232 241 or 343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111,a minor in English, and 10 production units in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4 required): playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: 5 courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116, 361 or 362,366, plus 111,and 4 production units in the followingareas: acting (1 required), technical crew work (1 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. Speech-Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or 229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English, and participation in 2 activities (forensics, theatre, media). 116 222 228 Creative Dramatics A study of various forms of dramatic play by activity, reading, observation, and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual, and audible sources. Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. (Fall) Technical Production I Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects, and theatre tours. Crew work required in addition to normal class time. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. Lab fee. (Alternate years, Fall) Stage Design I Introduction to technical design for the theatre. Emphasis on scenery and lighting design. Practical projects in drafting, drawing, painting, and design theory. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Alternate years, Spring) Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparationand exploring the creative approach to sceneand character study in American drama. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Interpretative Reading Basic principlesof oral interpretation of literature.Study, understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history from its classical Greek origins through Elizabethan theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions in order to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and criticism. Theatre History and Criticism I1 An overview of theatre history from French Neoclassical through contemp* rary theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions in order to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and criticism. Brereq.: 361) Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). Upper Division students or consent of instructor. (Spring) Stage Direction I1 1n-depth analysis and practical experience in directing different play forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring) Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) Technical Production 11 Advanced constructionand problem-solving techniquesin technical areas of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes, and make-up. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) Stage Design I1 Advanced projects in technical design. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring) Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensivescene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-Realism, Epic and the Absurd culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition. 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre. V Transdisciplinary Students wishing to develop their own majoiby combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a TransdisciplinaryMajor are to observethe following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the College. B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomoreyear (contract forms are availablein the Office of the Registrar). C. The contractmust be approved by the student's adviser and bythe Faculty Committee on Student Standing. V Women's and Minority Studies (INS) Women's Studies and Minority Studies courses fulfill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies distribution requirement. In addition, Augsburg offers students an opportunity to minor in Women's Studies. + Minority Studies 231 Religion i n African-American History An examination of selectedtopics related to the Blackexperience,e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Meets 1 religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 232 233 260 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an ovemiew of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economicsand politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in human society.Emphasiswill be placed on the comparativeroles of womenin different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the Middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American Indian Program office. Contemporary American Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/ cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. + Women's Studies Beverly Stratton, Coordinator Women's Studies values the experiences and perspectives of women by placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's contributions in life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing misconceptions, and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership. Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future learning. Minor: 5 courses which must include INS201,3 electives, 1of which must be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. 201 Introduction to Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and to how the questionsand methodologies of these disciplinesdiffer when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists. 233 265 495 499 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See description under Minority Studies) Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Seminar Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. (Alternate years, Fall 1989) Independent Study In consultationwith a facultymember and with the approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar. Approved electives from other academic departments including: ART 352 ENG 282 or 482 HIS 226 POL 421 POL 459 Women's Art History (see Art Department listing) Topics in Literahue (see English Department listing) Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Cenhuy (see History Department listing) Topics in American Politics (see Political Science Department listing) Topics in Comparative Politics (see Political Science Department listing) H H H Regents ELCA Directory Administration H H H H Faculty Emeriti Academic Calendar Faculty Maps V Board of Regents (as of June 1988) The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. i; &- Chair Donald R. Grangaard Secretary Charles W. Amason Vice Chair The Reverend Harris W. Lee Treasurer Raymond A. Grinde -- Charles W. Amason, J.D. (1988) Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990) Nancy H. Bottemiller Rodney P. Burwell (1992) (1988) H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990) Darrell J. Egertson (1988) Julian P. Foss Barbara C. Gage Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. Richard R. Green, Ed.D Raymond A. Grinde Carolyn T. Groves (1990) (1992) (1990) (1992) (1990) (1990) Elling B. Halvorson (1990) Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988) (1990) Catherine E. Johnson George 0.Johnson, Ph.D. (1990) Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988) - - Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America, Nashville, TN Homemaker, Wadena, MN Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer, Apache Corp., Denver, CO Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ Homemaker, Long Lake, MN First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Chancellor, New York City Public Schools Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, MN Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osborne Construction Co., Kirkland, WA Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, MN Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988) Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990) Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990) Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988) Mr. Howard E. Olson Mr. Donald G. Oren (1990) (1988) Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990) Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988) Gladys I. Strommen Merton P. Strommen Leland N. Sundet (1990) (1996) (1990) David L. Swanson (1990) Stanley W. Thiele (1992) William A. Urseth (1992) Control Data Business Advisors, Mankato, MN Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept:of Education, St. Paul, MN Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN Partner, Nordaune & Friesen, St. Louis Park, MN Businessman, St. Paul, MN President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, MN President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN Director for Community and Organizational Development, Women of ELCA, Chicago, IL Homemaker, St. Paul, MN Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN Chairman & Chief Executive Officer, Century Manufacturing Co., Bloomington, MN Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN V Division for Education The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) Board Chair: Rev. Dennis H. Dickman Secretary: Solveig Gregory Vice-Chair: Mary Ellen H. Schrnider Executive Staff Executive Director: Rev. W. Robert Sorensen Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson Director for Colleges and Universities: James M. Unglaube Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell V Directory Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis. MN 55454 Area Code: 612 President ............................................................................................. 330-1212 Academic Affairs ..............................................................................330-1024 Admissions ......................................................................................330-1001 Alumni Programs .............................................................................330-1179 Business Office (Fees and Accounts).............................................. 330-1029 Campus Ministry (College Pastor) ................................................. 330-1107 330-1162 Career Services .................................................................................. College Center Manager/Coordinator, Special Events ............... 330-1121 College Relations (News and Publications) ..................................330-1180 Development (Financial Gifts to the College)............................... 330-1171 Facilities Office .................................................................................. 330-1120 Financial Aid (Scholarships) ........................................................... 330-1046 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) .................................................. 330-1000 Evenings........................................................................................ 330-1234 Graduate Program ......................................................................... 330-1787 Ice Arena Manager ...................................................................... 330-1251 Interim Office .................................................................................. 330-1025 Library ................................................................................................ 330-1017 Parent Programs , . .................................................. .330-1179 Personnel Office ................................................................................ 330-1058 Registrar ...................................................................................... 330-1036 Student Activities Office .................................................................. 330-1111 .... ..................................... .330-1160 Student Affairs ..................... Student Government Office ............................................................ 330-1110 Student Life (Housing).................................................................... 330-1109 Summer School Office ...................................................................... 330-1025 Weekend College ............................................................................ 330-1782 ........... ....... . . .. . . The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances: Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor, Social Work Department (612/ 33@1157)Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) Vern M. Bloom, Director, CHR -Memorial Hall (612/330-1133) 504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap) William R. Rosser, Vice President for Student Affairs, Memorial Hall (612/330-1168) -Title lX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Sandra Jacobson, Director of Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall (612/330-1023) -Employment All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. V Administration Office of the President President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson Executive Secretary to the President .........................Carolyn S. Magnuson College Pastor ......................................................................... David T. Wold Director, Church Relations ..........................................................Curtis Peter Director, Admissions ............................................................... Carol A. Stack Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Ryan A. LaHurd Dean of the College ................................................... Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................ Lois M. Nielsen Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs ................................Patricia A. Parker c h a r d J. Thoni Director, Weekend College Operations Manager, Weekend College ......................... Laurel Orthmeyer Graduate Program Coordinator ........................................o n e Karvonen Registrar .............................................................................Burdett Parsons Institutional Research Analyst ............................................ Robert W. Clyde Head Librarian ............................................................... Margaret Anderson Director, Audio-visual Center .......................................... Brian P. Hackney Director, Black Student Affairs ................................................M. Anita Gay Director, American Indian Support Program ................Bonnie A. Wallace Interim Director ............................................................. Donald R. Gustafson Kathleen Lutfi Coordinator, International Programs ............,... Director, Faculty Development ....................................... Edwina Hertzberg Director, Cooperative Education ........................................ Garry W. Hesser .................... R Student Affairs Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ........................................................ William R. Rosser Executive Secretary to the Vice President ................................... Casey Levi Associate Dean of Students .................................................. James B. Grubs Co-directors, Counseling Services ......Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater Director, Academic Enrichment .....................................Donald M. Warren Director, Career Services ..................................................... Tina M. Wagner Coordinator, Off-campus Student Employment ................... Lois A. Olson Director, Student Life and Housing ................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg Director, Student Activities .................................................. Brian Cockayne Coordinator, Urness Tower ...................................................... Ava J. Young Coordinator, Mortensen Tower ........................................ Sue J. Hohenstein R Development and College Relations Vice President for Development and College Relations ............................. Executive Secretary to the Vice President ............................... Betty Arnold Director, Development ............................................................. Gordon Olson Director, Planned Giving ...................................................Thomas I. Benson Jeroy C. Carlson Senior Development Officer Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..............Victoria J. Hoshal Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ....................................Jeffrey Swenson Director, College Relations .......................................M a Adams Forsberg Director, Publications ................................................................... Ka I. Cady Publications Specialist....................................................... Morgan K. Brooke Development Officer/Annual Fund ............... Donna McLean ............................................. Finance and Management Vice President for Finance and Management ....................Michael Ranum Executive Secretary to the Vice President Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services ...................................... Herald A. Johnson Financial Aid Counselor ......................................................... Karen D. Flom Director, Personnel ............................................................... Sandra Jacobson Controller ........................................................................................ Koepke Director, Administrative Computer Center ............................ Steve Terrien Manager, College Center .................................................Mildred A. Nelson Manager, Central Services..................................Charles E. Christopherson Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .......................................... Robert P. Gores Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services ................................ Randy McNeal Director, Plant Services ........................................................ James Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance ....................................................... Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena .................................................................. James J. Carey ...................................................... V Faculty Emeriti Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Valeria Baltins, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chrislock, Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole, Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K. Berner Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof, Professor Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0 . Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven, Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D. Mus., Lakeland College. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. V Academic Calendar Fall 1988 Labor Day recess .......................................................................................... M Sep 5 Upperclass validation ................................................... . , ....................... Tu. Sep 6 Freshmen registration ....................................................................................Tu. Sep 6 Classes begin ................... , . . , ............................................................................W Sep 7 Last day to register, designate grading option. add a class, drop a class without notation on record, move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper .. .. Division or Lower Division .................................................................................... Tu, Sep 13 Mid-term break ................................................................................................ F Oct 28 Interim registration ....................................................................... M. Oct 31 .F. Nov 4 Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 14 .F. Dec 2 Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F Nov 18 Thanksgiving recess begins ........................................................................ T h Nov 24 Classes resume .......................................................................................... M Nov 28 Classes end ...................................................................................................... F Dec 9 Final examinations begin ........................................................................ M. Dec 12 Final examinations end ................................................................................ T h Dec 15 Final grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '88 ............................................................... W Dec 21 Interim 1989 Classes begin ...................................................................................................... T Jan 3 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division ................. W. Jan 4 Last day to designate grading option or move Upper/Lower division course to Lower Division ................ M. Jan 16 Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Jan 20 Classes end ......................................................................................................... F Jan 27 Interim grades due ............................................................................................ F Feb 3 Spring 1989 Validation of registration ...................... . . .................................................... T Jan 31 . Classes begin ..................................................................................................... W Feb 1 Last day to register. designate grading option. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ......................................................................................T Feb 7 Mid-term break begins .................................................................................... F Mar 24 Classes resume .................................................................................................. M Apr 3 Easter break begins ........................................................................................ F. Mar 24 Classes resume .................................................................................................. M. Apr 3 Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 21 Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 24 .F. May 5 Classes end ....................................................................................................... F. May 12 Final examinationsbegin ............................................................................. M, May 15 . Final examinations end ................................................................................ May 18 Baccalaureate and Commencement ...................................................................................... S May 21 Final grades due and Incompletes due from fa11 '88 and Interim '89 .............................................................. W May 24 - A . Summer School 1989 Term I ......................................................................................... T May 30 .F, June 23 Term I1 ........................................................................................... M June 26 .F. Aug 4 Fall 1989 Labor Day recess ............................................................................................... M Sep 4 Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration ...................................... T u Sep 5 Classes begin .................................................................................................... W Sep 6 Last day to register. add a class. designate grading option. drop a class without notation on record. or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division T . Sep 12 or Lower Division .................................................................................... Mid-term break ................................................................................................. F Oct 27 Interim registration .................................................................... M. Oct 30 .F. Nov 3 Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 13 .F. Dec 1 Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F. Nov 17 Thanksgiving recess begins ..................................................................... Th. Nov 23 Classes resume ...............................................................................................M Nov 27 Classes end .......................................................................................................... F Dec 8 M. Dec 11 Final examinations begin ............................................................................... Final examinations end ................................................................................. T h Dec 14 Final grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '89 .................................................................. W Dec 20 Interim 1990 . . ...................................................................... Tu. Jan 2 Classes begin ...................... Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .................. W. Jan 3 Last day to designate grading option or move Upper/Lower Division course to Lower Division ............... Tu. Jan 16 Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F. Jan 19 Classes end ......................................................................................................... F Jan 26 Interim grades due .............................................................................................F Feb 2 Spring 1990 Validation of registration.............................................................................. T Jan 30 Classes begin ................................................................................................. W Jan 31 Last day to register. designate grading option. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division T Feb 6 or Lower Division ...................................................................................... Mid-term break begins ............................................................................... Sa. Mar 24 Easter break begins .......................................................................................... F Apr 13 Classes resume ................................................................................................ M Apr 16 Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 20 Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 23 .F. May 4 Classes end ....................................................................................................... F May 11 Final examinations begin ............................................................................. M May 14 Final examinations end ................................................................................Th. May 17 Baccalaureate and S May 20 Commencement ...................................................................................... Final grades due and Incompletes due from fall '89 and Interim '90 .................................................................. W May 23 V Faculty Correct as of May 15,1988. (beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis) 1 Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. 1 Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph-D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1989) Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor and Head Basketball Coach, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology, B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Margaret J. Anderson (1%7). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sheldon Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. Weekend College. Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Charles N. Arge (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Arizona. Marjorie Audette (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing, Weekend College. B.S., Marquette University; M.A., University of Iowa. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joseph C. Bodziock (1986). Lecturer, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., University of New Hampshire. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Bosma (1985). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre, Weekend College. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul; M.A., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. James A. Brothen (1988). Visiting Assistant Professor of History, part-time. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. John Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Cleary (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph-D., Syracuse University. (On leave, 1988-89) John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota. Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Jan Davies (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.F.A., Illinois Wesleyan University. John Dunham (1987). Visiting Instructor and Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave Fall, 1988 and Interim, 1989) Mary G . Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph-D., University of Minnesota. Marian S. Enos (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Lecturer in Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Ronald E. Fine (1987). B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., American University. Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Mathew Foss (1988). Visiting Instructor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., B.S.E., M.A., Northeast Missouri State University. Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1 Greta Gaard (1986). Instructor, part-time, English, Weekend College. B.A., Pepperdine University; M.A., Claremont Graduate School. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. David L. Garrison (1986). Lecturer in English, part-time. B.A., Appalachian State University; M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1989) Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., American University; Ph.D, University of Minnesota. Nancy J. Giguere (1987). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages, Weekend College. B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina. Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time. Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northeastern University. Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Lecturer in Political Science. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Kansas. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of WisconsinStout. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. Mark Hassenstab (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathy Heikkila (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.A., The College of St. Thomas. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph-D., University of Minnesota. Richard C. Henog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.A., Waldorf Junior College; B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia-College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Q., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. Paul L. Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry (and Acting Department Chairperson, Interim & Spring, 1989).B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. I. Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. John R. Jenswold (1985). Lecturer, part-time, History. M.A., University of Connecticut-Storrs. Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre. B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Robert KarlCn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Instructor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Kramarczuk (1983). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Joan C. Kunz (1987).Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., University of Minnesota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald L. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Windham College. Lynn Lindow (1985). Visiting Instructor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State University. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Social Work. M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University of Minnesota. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. Janet M. Mathison (1986). Instructor, part-time, Religion, Weekend College. Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College; M.A., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Jerie McArthur (1983). Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn S. Mickelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University. Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. William Monsrna (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Karen Morgan (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Harnline University. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James F. Palmer (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science, Weekend College. B.A., Illinois State University, Normal; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Michigan State University. Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, ~ u s i i e s Administration, s Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Douglas D. Peny (1976). Instructor, part-time, Social Work, Weekend College. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M. Div., Wartbug Theological Seminary. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1988-89) Diane I,Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. David Riley (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. C.P.A. Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor of Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hikaru S. Sakai (1987).ACTC part-time Instructor in Japanese. B.A., University of Osaka; Ed.S., M.A., College of St. Thomas. Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R. Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Stanley H. Solnick (1984).Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Boston University. Marie Stmss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University. Mary Jo Stump (1988).B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College. Grace K. S d e m d (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Gerald Swanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Art, Weekend College. B.A., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0.Thorpe (1967).Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Calvin Vraa (1988). Instructor, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northern Colorado University; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Donald M. Warren (1978).Lecturer, part-time, Intro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Pamela Weiss (1983).Instructor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Theresa Welcher (1986). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S. degrees, South Dakota State University. Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Dorothy J. Williamson (1970).Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Departments and Programs: ......................................................... .................................................. ........................................ ............................................. .................. ..,... ........................................ ................................................ ....................... ............................ .........,. ............. ........ ................................................ ......................................... .................. ..................... ........................139 ..................................................144 ..................................153 ...............................................154 ......................157 ..........................................158 ................................................161 ................................. 166 ........................................171 .,.., ..... .,. ..175 ........................179 ...............179 ............180 ..................................... 181 ........................................ 181 Art 73 76 Biology Business Administration and Economics 80 Chemistry 88 East and 93 Southeast Asian Studies 97 Education Engineering 101 103 English 108 First Year Experience Foreign Languages 109 ,. ..119 General Studies 120 Global Education Programs Health and Physical Education 123 History 127 131 Humanities 132 Interdisciplinary Studies 132 International Relations Mathematics and Computer Science133 Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Nursing Occupational Therapy Philosophy Physics Political Science Psychology Religion . Russian Area Studies Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science. Non-Western Social Studies Social Work Sociology Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Studies Women's and Minority Studies Academic Adviser ................................. 49 Academic Calendar ....................... 48. 206 Academic Enrichment .................. .42. 119 Academic Information ......................... 47 Academic Organization and Programs .50 Academic Policies and Procedures .......61 Academic Progress ................................ 69 .................. 10 Accessibility ................... , Accounting Specialization ....................81 4 9. 11 Accreditation ................................. Adapted Physical Education ...............125 203 Administration .................................... Admissions ...................................... 12 15 Advanced Placement Program .............. 67 American Indian Program ............... 10.42 Annex Housing ................................ 13. 45 Application for Financial Aid ...............26 Application Procedures ......................... 16 Art History ............................................ 75 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ....................-...........*.. .-...... 67 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) ........48,52,55, 56 Athletics ............................................ 4 1 Audio-visual Services .......................... 49 Auditing Courses...................................66 Audit Fee ............................................... 22 41 Augsburgian .................................... . . . ....-...-..- 185 ...................................189 .................195 .......195 - ... Black Student Program ................... 10. 43 Board ..................................................... 22 Board of Regents ................................. 210 Books and Supplies ...............................23 Business ................................................ 81 Calendar. Academic ......................48. 206 Campus Minishy ................................... 40 Campus Tours ....................... ..........16 Cancellation of Courses ........................ 62 . . ..........43 Career Services ................... . Center for Global Education ...........12. 60 Certification Programs Art ............................................... 52. 74 Church Staff Work ............................ 52 Program Evaluation .................. 52. 172 Chemical Dependency Program ............55 Chinese .............................................. 111 Chin Wag ..............................................45 Christian Day School Program ........... 176 City Arts .............................................. 142 Classification .........................................67 CM.A. Certification ............................. 82 Coaching Endorsement ....................... 125 College Center ................................. 12. 41 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) .............................................. 68 . ............. 40 College Pastor ................... . College Work Study Program ...............29 Commons ......................., . . ...............44 Communication ................................... 189 Computer Resources ............................. 50 Computer Science ...............................137 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................................................ 55 Continuing Education ........................ , . 60 Cooperative Education ............ 10. 58. 119 Costs ...................................................... 22 Counseling Services ..............................43 Course Descriptions ..............................71 C.P.A. Certification ...............................81 Credit Assessment Program (CAP) .......68 Credits ................................................... 72 . . Dean's List ............................................ 70 Degrees .................................................. 48 Departmental Comprehensive Exams ...68 Departments by Division ...................... 50 Departments and Programs ................... 71 Deposits ................................................. 23 Directed Study ....................................... 59 Directory ............................................. 202 Disabled Student Programs ...................43 Dismissal .........................,.....................69 Distinction. Graduation with .................70 Distribution Requirements .................... 64 Divisions ............................................... 50 Dual Degree Programs (Engineering) ......................52 53. 101 . E Early Admission of Freshmen ...............17 Early Decision for Freshmen ................17 Echo ...................................................... 41 Economics ............... ............................ 85 Elementary Education ...........................96 Employment ..........................................28 English as a Second Language (ESL) ......................................... ,105 Enrollment ...............................................4 Evaluation and Grading ........................65 Facilities ................................................12 Facts and Figures .................................., 4 Faculty ........................................4 9 2 0 9 Faculty Emeriti ....................................205 Fairview Pharmacy ............................... 4 4 Fees ....................................................... 22 Finance Charge ..................................... 24 .FinanceSpecialization ..........................81 Financial Aid ......................................... 25 Financial Policies .................................. 24 Financing Your Education ....................21 Fine Arts ................................................41 First Year Experience (EYE)..43.63. 108 Food Service ......................................... 44 Foreign Study .................................. 44. 56 Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship. Drama and Communication .............. 12 French .................................................. 111 Full-time Student .................................. 22 George Sverdnrp Library ..........13.49.55 German ................................................113 Gift Assistance ......................................27 Global Education Center .................12. 60 Global Education Programs ................120 Grade Point Average (GPA) .....18.63.67 Grading ..................................................65 Graduate Program .....................10 60. 61 Graduation Requirements .....................62 Graduation with Distinction ..................70 Grants ....................................................27 . Learning Disabilities Program ..............43 Leave of Absence ..................................62 Library .......................................13.49. 55 Life Science........................................-153 Lifetime Sports .............................. 64. 125 Linguistics ...................... ................ 115 Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) ..................143 Living on Campus .................................45 Loan Assistance .................................... 28 Location ..................... .......11. 223 . . . . . . Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) ......................51. 71 Management Specialization .................. 81 Management Information Systems (MIS) Specialization .........................81 Map ..................................................... 223 Marketing Specialization ...................... 81 Married Student Housing ......................45 Master of Arts in Leadership ..........10 60 Mathematics ........................................ 135 Melby Hall ............................................ 12 Memberships ..................................... 4. 11 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ..141 Minnesota State Work Study Program ..29 Ice Arena ............................................1 2 Minority Scholarships/Grants ...............31 Independent Study .................................59 Minority Studies .................................. 195 Information Request Card ...................225 Minors ........................................51 71 Intercollegiate Athletics ....................4.41 Mission Statement ...................................6 Interim .......................................4 56. 61 Mortensen Tower ............................12. 46 Inter-InstitutionalPrograms ..................55 2222 Murphy Square .............................13 InternationalBaccalaureate Program ....67 Music Education ............................... 144 InternationalBusiness .....................56.81 Music Ensembles ..........................41 152 International Students .....................19. 44 Music Hall .............................................13 I n t m h i p Program ................................58 Music Performance ............. 146. 147 152 Intramural Athletics ..............................42 Music Therapy .................................... 151 Health Service .......................................44 Health Education .................................124 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA) ............................55.56. 140 History of Augsburg College ..................8 Honors Major (See Departmental Listings) 57 Honors Program .................................... Housing .............................. 12. 23.44.45 Human Services in a Latin American Context ...................................... 5 6 121 . . . Japanese ........................................9 115 KCMR Radio ................ ....................... 41 Kindergarten-Elementary Education ........................................96 Kueffner Apartments .............................13 Norwegian ...........................................116 Numbering of Courses ..........................72 Off-Campus Programs ............................4 Old Main ...............................................13 Orientation ............................................. 43 P Part-time Students ................................. 2 2 1 Payment Options ................................... 24 Physical Disabilities .............................. 43 Physical Education ..........................,.. 125 Physical Science ..................................153 Pre-Professional Programs .................... 53 Pre-Registration.....................................61 Prerequisites ......................................... 72 Probation ........................................ 69 Program in Global Community .....56. 121 1 -: ' . 7 R Refunds ........................... . . . .........3 Registration ........................................... 61 Residence Requirement ......................... 63 Room and Board ..................... ..........22 ROTC ..............................................55.56 Russian ........................................... 117 ,. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) ............................................ 141 Scholarships ..........................................29 Science (Grades 5-9) ...........................153 Science Hall ........................... 13 Secondary Education ....................... .95,98 Semester Fees ........................................ 24 Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 163 Smiley's Point Clinic ............................ 44 Social, Cultural, Reaeational ...............41 Social Welfare Minor ..........................183 Society of Physics Students ................ 163 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ............................................142 South Hall ................................. 13, 45, 46 Spanish ............................................ 117 Special Education ................................101 Special Interest Houses .........................46 Special Students (Non-Degree) .............19 Speech .......................................... 189 Sponsored Scholarships ........................ 29 Student Activities ............................... 44 Student Affairs Division .......................42 Student Employment .................,.......... 28 Student Government .............................41 Student Life ...........................................39 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ................................57 Student Publications ..............................41 ............... . Student Rights ...................................... 46 Student Teaching ..................... 57, 97, 100 Studio Art .............................................. 74 Study Abroad .................................. 44, 56 Summer Sessions ................................ 57 Sverdrup-OftedalMemorial Hall .......... 13 Teaching Licensure (Also see majors) ..52 Test Scores ........................................... 16 Theatre Arts ......................................... 189 Transcripts ....................................... 16, 18 Transfer Students .................................. 18 Tuition ....................... ............ ........... 22 .. Urness Tower .................................. 13. 46 Veterans ................................................70 Weekend College ...................... 10. 60. 61 13. 46 West Hall ...................................... Withdrawal from College ................24. 62 Women's Studies ................................ 196 Work Study ........................................... 29 Campus Guide 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Umess Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage I1 Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex ~ o u i e 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Admissions Parking Student Parking Visitor Parking The Quad Faculty/Staff Parking Murphy Square Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only Accessible Entrance Campus Location To Find Augsburg From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 2lst Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 2lst Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 430 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 2lst and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 2lst Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the St. Marfs Hospital ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1991-1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE 731 2 1 AVENUE ~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN , 55454 :I1 yI .. ' b: 612-330-1000 in. This catalog should answer most questions students have' about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is...
Show more OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF AUGSBURG COLLEGE 731 2 1 AVENUE ~ ~ SOUTH,M ~ u s MN , 55454 :I1 yI .. ' b: 612-330-1000 in. This catalog should answer most questions students have' about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in this catalog, consult a faculty advisor, the Dean of the College or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the catalog for correspondence or telephone inquiries. ': I i , k 1 I ; Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869in Marshall, Wisconsin. The College moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota,in 1872 increase awareness and provide assistance for students with disabilities. cal Lutheran Church in America Financial Aid -Over 80 pacent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. (ELCA).Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, two in 10 represent other Protestant denominations while approximatelytwo in 10 are Roman Catholic. Libmy -Over 175,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium, and Minitex, the regional library network Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society,Council on Social Work Education, National Assodation for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schoolsof Music, National League for Nursing. School Year -Septemberto May, 4-14 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College-trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, W b e r to June. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Eoard,as d d b e d on page 11. Off Campus Programs-Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Minnesota Studies in InternationalDevelopment (MSID), Study Abroad, International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intedtural Education (UMAIE) and extensive cooperative education P'ogram. Athletic Affiliation -Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference 0, and National Collegiate Athletic Assodation (NCAA), Division III. Religious Affiliation -The Evangeli- Enrollment (1990-'91) -2,%5 from 26 states and 28 nations. Graduates -10,781 from 1870 through August 31,1990 . StudentlFaculty Ratio -15.6 to 1. Class size averages 20-30. Campus -15mapr buildings. Mapr renovation 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility -Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnelelevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building modifiaations, Augsburg has a student-run program to Majors -More than 45 in 22 departments. Policy -Augsburg College does not . . . on the basis of race, creed, e-t national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as requiredby Title D( of the 1972EducationalAmendments or Section 504of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admission policies, educational pmpms, activities and employment practices. Fads and Figures ................................................................................. 2 Introducing Augsburg ........................................................................ 7 Admissions ......................................................................................... 15 .................................... 21 Financing Your Education ...................... . College Costs ................................................................................. 22 Financial Aid ................................................................................. 25 Scholarships . ................................................................................... 30 Student Life ........................................................................................ 47 Academic Information .....................................................................-59 General Information .................................................................. 6 0 Academic Organization and Programs .................................... 63 Majors and Minors ....................................................................... 63 Academic Policies and Procedures ............................................76 General Education CurriculumRequirements .........................81 Evaluation and Grading .......................................................... -89 Departments and Programs (including course descriptions) .....97 Art ................................................................................................... 99 Biology ........................................................................................104 Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS).............................108 Chemistry .....................................................................................116 East and Southeast Asian Studies ............................................121 Economics ............................ . . ............... 123 Education .....................................................................................127 Engineering..................................................................................136 English .........................................................................................138 First Year Experience ..................................................................144 Foreign Language Department .................................................145 General Studies .................................-........ 156 Global Education Programs ......................................................157 Health and Physical Education ...............................................161 History ..................................................................................... 165 Humanities ................................................................... 169 . . Interdisciplinary Studies............................................................170 American Indian Studies .................................................... 171 Ethnic Studies .........................................................................172 Women's Studies ................................................................... 173 International Relations .............................................................174 Mathematics and Computer Science .......................................175 Metro-Urban Studies.......................... . . . ............................... 182 Music ..... ............ .............................................................. 188 Natural Science ................................ 198 Nursing ....................... , . . ..................................................... 1 9 9 Philosophy ................................................................................... 203 Physics ..........................................................................................207 Political Science ........................................................................... 212 Psychology ...................................................................................217 Religion ......................................................................................222 Scandinavian Area Studies........................................................ 227 Social Science .............................................. 228 Social Studies..................................................... ....*. .....228 Social Work ..................................................................................229 Sociology ...................................................................................... 234 Soviet and East European Studies ............................................238 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts .............................239 College Information ........................................................................ 247 Board of Regents ......................................................................... 248 ELCA Education Division .........................................................249 Directory ......................................................................................250 Administration ................ ........................................... 251 Faculty Emeriti ............................................................................ 253 Academic Calendar ....................................................................254 Faculty ..........................................................................................Z 6 Index .................................................................................................. 269 Maps ..................................................................................................274 ..... .................... ... ....................... . . . . ............ .. A GREETING FROM THE On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use thisopportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitanlocation attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow at a mnarkable pace, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, faculty, students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. President Augsburg College is grounded in traditions -the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's -and tomorrow's -changing world. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouragingand respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. The phrase, 'Think globally, act locally, rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for Service," and to the Mission of the College: To dmelopfuture ltnders of service to the world by proznding high quality educational oj?prtunifies which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college1' studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker, and businessman The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (18761907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations.Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free-Church.The church was a group of independentcongregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr. became President He worked to develop college departmentswith an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Quistensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be pmident (1938-1%2).His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War JI, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Augsburg added departmentsessential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effortto become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 definedthe College's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first and the interests of the Lutheran Fnx Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963. President Oscar A. Anderson (19&1980) continued Augsburg'semphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out b non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980.He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting Weekend College and three Master of Arts degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsoredforums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metre politan center. There are now more than lO,W Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a differencewhere they live and work. Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers -Riverside Medical Center -are adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Comers theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertahment and recreation opportunities, are minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also conned with the suburbs. (See map in back) Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul Internationalm r t and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, d, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Ad of 1973, as amended, in its admissionspolicies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinatorslisted in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary).Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schoolsof Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsementof the institution. Registration does not mean that &its earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutionsor that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other.A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the tower dormitories, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and pmvides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and International Center -Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and international students, as well as others who wish to spend a term studying abroad. Christensen Center -Center of non-academic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore and offices for student government and student publications. (1%7) Center for Global Education -Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication-The newest building on campus establishes a new "front doof' for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and those from a great number of alumni and friends of the College. The Tpmhom-Nelson Theater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry pmgram, drama and communication. Augsburg's computer lab is located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, Dean of Men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women from 1923to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with class- rooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, and made accessible in 1990, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall -Houses classrooms, wellequipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. South Hall and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area,provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) Tutor Center -This house at 2011 South Seventh Street has rooms for individual tutoring sessions, quiet study and assistance with study skills. 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College, provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966) Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction - InterRace facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership ( M M l T ) -A program that encourages the retention and graduation of students of color. The program coordinates the existing resources of schools, families and communities and also develops new resources. Located at 2018 South Eighth Street. Scandinavian Center -Coordinates the efforts of individuals and groups interested in the five Nordic nations. Located at 2400 Butler Place. Youth and Family Institute -Designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2018 South Eighth Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/workshops, a resource center and counseling services. A u g s b ~ college r ~ is looking forstudents with intelligenceand characler. We want people who can ben+t from and contribute to their community -the College community and the community at large. Becausefirsthand appraisal qf programs, facilities and academic*a sphere is valuable,fieshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and me& with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member 4 the jkulty and to attend classes when schml is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call the Admissions Ofice any weekday behoeen 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -(612)330-1001, or toll-free (800)788-5678. They will answer your questions and arrange a tour@ any duy (including Saturhy mornings during the school year). The @ce is on the northwest corner qf Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneaplis. (Pleasecall first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achieuemmt, psonal qualities and interests,participation in activities and employment and potential for development as a student and a graduate of Augsburg College. lle Collegeselects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed,disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. Transcripts-An o f f i d transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transuipt upon graduation. Graduate Examination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school tramaipt. Test Scores -Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or the American College Test (ACT).It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendationsmay be required by the Admissions Cornmittee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the AdmissionsCommittee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semesteis coursework, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision -Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Studentsare notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Diredor of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendationsfrom the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorilycompleted at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 18Augsburg courses, or % quarter credits, will be accepted toward the minimum of 35 Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA)of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for readmission through the Registrais Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s1during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. In some circumstances,people may be admitted as special students (nondegree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree)status is available from the Admissions Office. A u g s b e welcomes students from countriesaround the world. Intemational students from more than 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Studentsshould contact the Admissions Office for an International Student Application and informationon the application pracedm. Applications must be d v e d two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1 for Fall,November 1for Spring. For more information, call (612)33@1001or write to: InternationalStudent Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 A l l students re~eiiw~nancial k l p iindrecttly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College r a k that difference in -fim alumni,faculty, stafi parents, church,^, foudutions and endowment income. Howeuer, the primay responsibilityfor paying@ a college education r ~ ton s students and theirfamilks.Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. sffs The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed for the 1991-'92 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditionsnecessitate. Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..........................................................$10114S.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1991. Studentsare considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most College-supportedevents, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installmentsat the beginning of each semester. ,.-..-. -.-.... ..... Tuition (part-timeenrollment)per course , , . , $768.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .................................... Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course $384.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......................................................$2,00400 Full Board (19 meals a week)...............................................................$1,828.00 Room Rent (includes telephone) Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) ...................... Flex 5 point plan -...-.l-l.ll.$l1776.00 ....................................................................................$1,616.00 Fees Billed on Student Account Fees Payable by CheddCash ACTC Bus (full-time $ 12.00 students only) Late Registration (per day after classesbegin) $ 50.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change/grade option, or combiition $ 5.00 at one time) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) $384.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) $225.00 Student Teachiig (per course $ 30.00 for full-time students) Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) $326.00 Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) $150.00 Student Activity Fee $ 85.00 Student Activity Fee (parttime students) $ 4250 Application (new and/or special students) $ 15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests $110.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam $ 10.00 Locker Rental (commuters) $ 15.00 Student Parking Lot Permit -~ar $ 55.00 -motorcycle $ 25.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $ 2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registra/s BOOKS AND ~ U P P w) ~ These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. ................................................. $100.00 Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable) Required of all new studentsafter acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated.Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. ...................................................................... $100.00 Housing Damage Deposit Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be respon- sible for all costs i n c u r d due to late cancellationor lack of proper notification. If the new contrast is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellationis after these dates. Semester Fees -Rior to the start of each semester a 'Statement of Estimated Qlarges" showingbasicchargesandfinancial aid dtsdesignatedbythe Student Financial !%rvices Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options -(1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 15and January 15as billed; (3) Payment Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) lGmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual charges may be paid in 10equal installmentsbegmung June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. I A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of one percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a IGmonth payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annualbasis, payable in two equal installments at the begmmng of each semester. W t r a t i o n is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Office of Student Affairs.They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Reg~~trar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to parttime, are dismissed or ~IPreleased from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100%90%80%70%60%50%- through the first five days of classes (less$100 administrativefee) from the 6th through 10th day of classes from the 11th through 15th day of classes from the 16th through 20th day of classes from the 21st through 25th day of classes from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to .withdrawdue to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustmentsfor aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So,proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistanceto protect access to a quality education in spite of i n m i n g costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships,grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in pmviding various aid programs. For the 1989-'90 academic year approximately 83 percent of all students at Augsburg received xholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $11,500,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS)of the American College Testing Program (ACT) or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College Scholarship Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimatesthe amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factorsas current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. How AND WHENTO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS)or Financial Aid Form (FAF) from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. Minnesota residents must complete the FFS, which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program.Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residents using the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriateloan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Fiicial Aid. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-established each academic year by the applicationand Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on the familfs financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academicprogress and fund availability. A student applyingfor aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a s@c scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizationsfor information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and others. Gift Assistance President's Scholarships-President's Scholarships,which assuxe gft assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-timefreshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Ekcause this is a d e d programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details from the Admissions Office. Dean's Scholarships-Dean's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualified full-time students who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following completion of an A.A. or AS. degree, having maintained a 35 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified programffull tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the differencebetween non-Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1.Details from the Admissions Office. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards -Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financialneed. A student's academic performance, financial need and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants -Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 199G91, they ranged from $100 to $ 5 3 3 . All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. SupplementalEducational Opportunity Grants -A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfadory academic standing at the College; and (4)be accepted for admission Pell Grants -Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1991-'92 is $2,400. Application is made by filing the FFS (or FAF) and requesting on the application form that the necessary information be sent to the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of Indian Afâ¬airs/Tribaland State Indian Scholarships-Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarshipsand Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsare available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet speclfic criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships,studentsmust be 1/4 degree American Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recogruzed tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarshipsvary; contact the American Indian Support Rogram office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questionsmay be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financialeligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begn nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, ($18,000 including graduate school). StaÂ£ford Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attendingat least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8 percent (10 percent after the first four years of repayments) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begins six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, and some banks. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF)-SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education CoordinatingBoard. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $4,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $16,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begn 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begm the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. SupplementalLoans for Students (SLS)-SLS is a federally sponsored loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance their cost of education. Students can borrow up to $4,000 per year. Interest is variable with a 12 percent cap and interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed, but in many cases, can be allowed to accrue and add to the principal. Repayment begms 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at least half-time. Deferments exist for continued education or disability. Parent Loan Program (PLUS)-PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to $4,000 per student per year with an aggregate maximum of $20,000. Repayment begm within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not to exceed 12 percent and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are availableat Augsburg College or the lending institutions Applicationsare normally filed with the bank or thrift institutionwith which your family has an account. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven finand need who a~ at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in the duties assigned.Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended. All oncampus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program -Under theseprograms the federal or state government supplies funds on a matchingbasiswith the College to provide some part-tine work opportunities. Scholarshipwinners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the faculty unless otherwise specified. For departmental scholarships, winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed scholarships. Charles and Ellora AUiss Educational Foundation Scholarships-A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation. The Dain BosworthlIFG Foundation Scholarship -Awarded as funds are made available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deseming junior/senior students. Established in 1961to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two deserving junior or senior students. Established in 1%9by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B. Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving upper class students. Established in 1979 in memory of their husband and father by Josie Feroe Eliason, Conrad Eliason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Elizabeth Mauseth and Mrs. Clara Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by Maybelle and Malcolm Estrem. EW. Hallet Scholarship-Awarded, as funds are available, to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an Augsburg student of any class or major, based on academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Mr. Joseph Hsieh (6 ' 11, Andover, Ma., in loving memory of his mother, his honorable teacher and his respected advisor at Augsburg College. The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson ('25), Powers Lake, N.D. Memorial ScholarshipFoundation Scholarships*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving upper class student. Established in 1964by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts ScholarshipsGiven annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. Northern States Power Company Scholarship-Awarded to deserving students in each class year on the basis of financial need and ability. The Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are U.S.citizens, have a B average or above and qualify for need based aid. Established in 1987by Mr. Nystrom as an expression of his belief in young people and his hope that they will become meritorious leaders. The Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson Scholarship -Awarded annually to a student(s)of any class or major based primarily upon financial need and evidence of personal financial commitment. Established in 1991through a bequest in the will of Rev. Martin J. ('23 Academy; '26, College; '29, Seminary) and his late wife, Olga S. (2' 1) Olson, along with the gifts of many family and friends. John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship*- Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Establish in 1990 by Dr. Martin ('29) and Mrs. Esther Quanbeck, Minneapolis, Minn. Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. The Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Estab lished in 1990 by Ernest and Vivian Tinseth, Edina, Minn. The Robert W. Wauyniak Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 in memory of Robert Warzyniak, ('65) through memorials, supplemented by gifts of his wife, Sharon, and family. The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Established in 1986through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, Minn. A Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. *Indicatesendowed schokuships. Aid Association for Lutherans -Awarded annually to able and deserving upper class students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. The Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students who help the College fulfill its mission of being "an intentionally diverse campus community." Awards are based upon financial need and good academic achievement (3.0 or higher G.P.A.), with preference given to students who are planning some form of Christian service. Established in 1989 by Dr. Charles S. and Mrs.Catherine G. Anderson, St. Paul, M i n . The Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student mapring in purnalism or social work. Awards are based upon academic performance and finanaal need. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Ruth M. Baker, Edina, Minn., in loving memory of her daughter, Phyllis M. Baker, a 1952 graduate of Augsburg College. The Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class, based upon academic achievement, financial need and service to others. kference will be given to a student who is taking private music lessons and a student who shows teamwork in College physical recreation activities. Established in 1991by friends, alumni, faculty and staff of Augsburg College, in honor of Jeroy ('48) and Lorraine Carlson, and in appreciation for their commitment to and expression of the highest ideals of the College. The Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to science students of any class, based upon academic achivement (32+ GPA), interest and ability in the field of study, and a demonstrated sense of social and spiritual community. Established in 1989by Dr. Carl C. ('59) and Mrs. Kathleen A. ('62) Casperson, Minneapolis, Minn. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to able and deserving student(s) who have physical disabilities and have demonstrated financial need. Est?:olished in 1972by her husband, moyd Cleveland, to honor the memory of Mrs. Cleveland, Augsburg alumna, consecrated Christian leader and devoted wife. The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto one or more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Raymond D. Erickson GO), in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann Erickson. David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior student who has successfully overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracurricular performance. Established in 1979by members of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus. The JulianP. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financial need, shows promise, and demonstratesfaith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances.Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Ariz. The Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student at or above the sophomorelevel who demonstrateshigh academic achievement and is preparing for a career in some form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational, speech, music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving 1986, by Dr. TheodoreJ. and Mrs. Fern S. Hanwick, in gratitudeto the therapists who aided in the recovery of their son, Theodore T. Hanwick ('66), from a severe accident. The King Harald Scholarship -Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the Norge Amerika Foreningen. The Rev. JohnHjelmeland Endowed Scholarship Fund*-Awarded annuallyto second or third generation freshman or upper class students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average or better. Established in 1986 by Sigvald ('41) and Helen Hjelmeland, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland. The Hoversten Peace Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic merit and financial need. Preference will be given to students who have demonstrated an interest in peace and/or whose personal outlook and career plans show promise of contributingto the cause of peace. Members of the Hoversten family and international students are encouraged to apply. The fund may also provide aid to students or faculty who undertake projects that will contribute to peace and global understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class women of high moral character, with preference given to female or male students transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or elementary education. Established in 1975in memory of Catha Jones, 1970alumna, by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Jones, other family and friends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge Program. The Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior who is interested in serving others, e.g. majoring in religion, education, music, social work, medicine, and based upon academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1990 through a bequest in the will of Rev. Torgney (1 ' 7 B.A. and '21 B.Div.1 and Valborg (Nydahl)Kleven, and memorial gifts by family and friends. The Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any major, based upon academic achievement (3.0 G.P.A. or higher) and financial need. Preference given to college students who have demonstrated an interest in community service by active participation and whose parents have not achieved a Bachelor's Degree. Established in 1989 by family and friends in memory of Harold Lanes ('11, Academy) and in honor of Laura Lanes. I Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship-Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $800.00, maximum $1,500. The scholarship is renewable. McVay Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. Preference given to students majoring in education, religion or social work. Established in 1986by the McVay Foundation. The Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)Monson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any major after their first year, based upon financial need, diligence in scholastic achievement, and active membership in a Lutheran congregation. Established in 1989 by Forrest ('37) and Thelma ('37) Monson, San Diego, Calif. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a senior student(s)who has successfullyovercome adversity and has achieved excellence in academic and extracurricularperformance. Established in 1977to honor the memory of the Rev. Nyhus, a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminarywho overcame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and who served others with humanity and wisdom. The Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students with financial need. Preference given to students from Canada or transferring from a public mllege or university who indicate an interest in religion, music or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('63), in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday. The Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major who show academic potential, financial need and a strong desire to earn a college degree, with preference given to females of high moral character. Learning disabled students are encouraged to apply. Established in 1985, and endowed in 1989by Rosemary J. Shafer, Wayzata, Minn. The John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students from Madagascar, or if none with financial need, then to students from other developing nations. Established in 1990 by Mrs. Agnes Siverson, Hendricks, Minn., thereby continuing a long tradition of generosity by Agnes and her late husband, John. I The Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class or major, based upon high personal motivation, rather than high academic achievement or extreme financial need. Established in 1989through a bequest in the will of Mrs. Genevieve E. Stelberg, St. Paul, Minn. * Indiuztes endowed scholarship The Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1988through the estate and trust of Ada Bakken, St. Charles, M i n . The Kent Anderson American Indian Scholarship*-Awarded annually to American Indian students of any class or major, based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who are affiliated with a federally-recognized American Indian tribe. Established in 1990 with the proceeds of a benefit perhrmance at Augsburg College by Louie Anderson, a native of St. Paul, Minn., who resides in Los Angeles, Calif. The Asian-Pacific Student Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to two Asian-Pacific students with demonstrated financial need and who reside in Minnesota. The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community service project during the year. The Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior Chinese students who have outstanding academic records and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922alumna. The Cargill Foundation American Indian Scholarship-Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the Financial Aid Director. The Hearst American Indian Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to an American Indian upper class student(s)who has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better at Augsburg College. Established in 1984by The Hearst Foundation. The Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class international students who have overcome adversity and achieved excellence in academic and extracunicular performance. Established in 1981by her parents, Dr. and Mrs. Einar Johnson, and other family members and friends in memory of Grace Anne (Gay) Johnson, a student at Augsburg 1971-1973. The KerridgelMuellerAmerican Indian Scholarship-Awarded annually to an American Indian student of any class or major who demonstrates academic potential and financialneed. Established in 1988by Dr. "Mike" Kerridge) and Dr. Van Mueller, Minneapolis, M i n . Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents, family and friends to honor the memory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. Pillsbury, Inc, Minority Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The Marlys JohnsonSimengaard Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. The St. Paul Companies, Inc Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to Minnesota minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. The JamesR Thorpe Foundation Scholarship-Awarded as funds are available, to non-traditional and minority students with demonstrated need for financial assistance. 'Indicates endowed schoLzrships Art The Queen Sonja Art Scholarship-Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978to honor the Crown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with financial need. August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students mapring in art. Established in 1982by his wife,family and friends in memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Athletic Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul DahledGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the basis of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students, participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in basketball. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually based on academic achievement, personal character and ability in athletics. Established in 1945by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. Rory JordanMemorial Scholarship-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students participating in intercollegiate sports, with preference for students in the wrestling program. Established in 1980by the William Jordan and Charles Schulz families in memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and nationally recognized wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958by their children in memory of their parents. The Hovt Messerer Athletic Scholarshiv*- Awarded annuallv to a male athlete of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Established in 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student committed to Christian service, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference given to students who are interested and participate in athletics and recreation. Established in 1990 by Ralph and Katherine Pederson, Santa Rosa, Calif., in memory of James, a 1934graduate, exceptional all-around athlete and coachathlete director at Augsburg College. The Stan Person Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more male students of any class or academic major who participates in the College's athletic program and shows evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986by Glen and Gerald Person, in memory and in honor of their brother, Stan Person. Biology Biology Scholarships-Established in 1972by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical technology. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Biology Scholarship* -A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) ('74) Holmen. Business Administration/Economics Marianne Anderson Entrepeneurial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a woman who is interested in entrepreneurshipor engaged in business, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College women who are older and have family responsibilities. Established in 1990 by members of the Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs (MINN-WE), in memory of Marianne Anderson, a successful woman entrepreneur, and in honor of all Minnesota Women Entrepreneurs. Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship Fund* -Awarded annually to sophomore, junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Departments of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to second, third and fourth year students in the fields of insurance, mathematics, business administration, personnel and other areas related to the insurance industry, based primarily on the basis of financial need. Recipients will be expected to have maintained at least a 2.5 G.P.A. and are expeded to conduct themselves acording to the laws of the United States and the state of Minnesota. First Bank Systems -Awarded each year, as funds are available, without regard to a speclfic mapr, but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurial development. The Forss-Herr Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior business student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financial need. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in 1987by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, L. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upper class students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965by The GarnbleSkogmo Foundation. The Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship* -Awarded annually to working women of any class who want to improve their skills and education by attending Augsburg College part-time. The scholarship is designated for women who show potential and have financial need, with preference given to those studying business. Established in 1989 by two working sisters-in-law, Mildred Krohn, Berkeley, Calif., and Mrs. Eleanor Krohn, St. Louis Park, Minn. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship*-One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s)majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. The Minnesota Mutual Life Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, based upon academic promise and financial need with preference given to majors in business or economics. The Norberg Business Scholarship-Awarded achievement to a student majoring in business. annually on the basis of scholastic The David L Shaver Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to business administration students of any class, based upon financial need and academic ' 61, through his performance. Established in 1988by the late David L. Shaver (7 participation in the Senior Challenge Program. The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student of any mapr who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business manage ment. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987by Joan L. Volz, a 1968graduate. Chemistry Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1968by family, friends and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Walter Gordon Schnell Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Covey Hendrickson Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1986by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, Minn. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship*A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student mapring or minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. ('74) and Mrs. Linda Wey)('74) Holmen. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship-Awarded to chemistry maprs who are citizens of the U.S. Established in 1979. Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students mapring in chemistry who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, prefaably, graduate or professional xhool goals. Established in 1984through the Conrad Sunde estate in memory of a 1915alumnus who was the first Augsburg College graduate to earn a J?h.D. in chemistry. His professional career as educator, researcher and consultant included many inventions, of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education The S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors and seniors mapring in elementary education, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to Weekend College students. Established in 1990 by family and friends in memory of S. Luther Kleven ('50) and in honor of the Kleven family. David Mathre Scholarship*-Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s1 in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. The Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship* -Awarded annually to education students of any class who plan to teach. Awards are based upon academic achievement and financial need, with preference given to students who are black, older or single parents. Established in 1991by Mrs. Elva B. Lovell, Minneapolis, Minn., as an expression of her belief in diversity and literacy. The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K Nelson Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student of any class, based upon financial need, with preference given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson. The St. Paul Companies, Inc., Minority Education Scholarship-Awarded to Minnesota minority students, majoring in education, who have a demonstrated need for finandal assistance. English Anne Pederson English Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are majoring in English, with preference given to those who plan to teach English as a career. Established in 1971by faculty members of the English Department to honor the 37 years of service of Anne Pederson as English teacher at Augsburg College. Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg, 1915-1952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingsley Modem Language Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who are mapring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degree in nursing. Established in 1983by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Eleanor Christensen Edwards Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper class student(s)preparing for a career in medicine or health. Established in 1978in memory of Eleanor Christensen Edwards' devotion and service in health care by members of her family, Bernhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness. H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarshipr -Awarded annually to students mapring in history, with preference given to those who plan a career in the field. Established in 1969by Dr. and Mrs. Carl H. Chrislock and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. Hendrickson, professor of history at A u g s b q College, 1900-1952. John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to history students of any class, based on academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to minority females. Established in 1990by parents, family and friends of Dr. John R. Jenswold, Assistant Professor of History, Augsburg College. The Nydahl History Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who have potential and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986through a bequest in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl. Mathematics and Computer Science Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980 by the Mathematics Department. Minnegasco Scholarship-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to able and deserving junior/senior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on the basis of need and academic ability. Established in 1969 by Minnegasco. Metro-Urban Studies Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982by colleagues, former students and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship8-Awarded annually to a student of any academic class who is a choir member not mapring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and choral music. The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a musically-gifted student, with preference given to a student of organ and/or choral music who desires to serve, professionally or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. Established in 1986 by the family. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to two or more students participating in athletics or music, who have demonstrated financial need and are of high Christian character. Established in 1975by Mrs. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner in memory of David Gronner, Augsburg College alumnus. 0.I. Hertsgaard Scholarship*-Awarded annually to junior/senior students who show promise of academic success and have financial need. Reference given to those who have demonstrated proficiency in choral and/or instnniental music and intaest or potential in conducting. Established in 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard. The Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial Choral Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a freshman student member of the College Choir, based upon suitable academic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to a choir member who is a minority person. Established in 1990 by Garfield Hoversten ('a), family and friends, in loving memory of Bernice Kolden Hoversten ('501, a soloist with the choir. Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship*-Awarded to upper class students seeking to acquire musical and performance skills in instrumental music with preference given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments. Established in 1975by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful message of music. The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a music student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Ia. - Kenneth 0.Lower Nordkap Male Chorus Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student mapring in music, based upon academic performance and b c i a l need, with preference given to a person studying choral music. Established in 1986 in memory of Kenneth 0.Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap Male Chorus. Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annuallyto upper class student(s1preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. The Performing Arts Scholarship (Music) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to 10 scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15 of each year. St. John's Lutheran Church -John Norris Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually in honor of St. John's Lutheran Church's faithful sexton for 35 years, Mr. John Norris. Applicants must be U.S.citizens majoring in music who are sophomores or above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfactory academic progress, with preference given to racial minority students. Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. Established in 1953by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsburg Music Department, 1922-1951. Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program. Rev. Mark Ronning Memorial Instrumental Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any class who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Ehiley)Holmen, in memory of Rev. Mark Ronning, who dedicated his life to helping young people. Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a participant in the concert band, based on talent and academic record. Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dorvan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-'53. String Scholarships-Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performance studies, string ensemble and orchestra. John and Vera Thut Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upper class students who have achieved excellence in performance in voice or piano. Established in 1980by John and Vera Thut, their family and friends. The Thuts cherished lifelong careers in the teaching of music, three decades of which were at Augsburg. Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philosophy Scholarship*-A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upper class student majoring or minoring in philosophy. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bailey's 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg College faculty. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student majoring in physics. Established in 1976by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science The Myles Stenshoel Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upper class students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. The Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship*-Awarded annually to seniors majoring in history k d political science, based upon substantial academic accomplishment and financial need. Established in 1989 by Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven, graduate of 1922 and Professor Emeritus, History and Political Science. Psychology The Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students of any class. Preference will be given to students studying psychology, especially family understanding. Established in 1989 through a bequest and trust of Dr. Lester T. Hoversten, San Jose, Calif., in honor of his parents. Religion and Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annually to students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*-Available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter fulltime Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev.and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship*Awarded annually to a student(s)in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 19S1958. The Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial Scholarship Fund -Awarded annually to students of any class or major, who plan to enter the ministry, based upon aca- demic performance and financial need. Preference will be given to students who are members of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, Edina, Minn. Established in 1989by a family of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church, acting through the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina Foundation, in memory of Rev. Donald C. Carlson ('421, founding pastor of the Normandale Evangelical Lutheran Church of Edina. Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class student preparing for a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. The Luthard 0. Gjerde Scholarship*-Awarded annually to juniors or seniors who are declared pre-seminary or pre-medicine students or to students mapring in social work or a related field of Christian service. Awards are based upon academic excellence and predicated upon Rev. Luthard Gjerde's commitment to the Gospel of Jesus Christ as central to the ministry of healing and wholeness. Established in 1989by Mrs. Sophia Gjerde, family and friends in memory of Rev. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Augsburg College (3 ' 3) and Augsburg Seminary ('36). The Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student(s) in the junior or senior class who is preparing for the ministry, with preference given to those studying history, including church history. Established in 1991by the family to honor the memory of Elias P. Harbo, a graduate of Augsburg College (1886) and Augsburg Seminary (1889), the first President of the Lutheran Free Church, and later Professor of Systematic Theology at Augsburg Seminary, 1909-1927. Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson. The Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who demonstratepotential and financial need, with preference for those who are preparing for a religious service vocation. Established in 1985by Kenneth and Vera Nelson in memory of their pastor, The Rev. Arnold J. Melom, a 1947 graduate of Augsburg College. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually on the basis of scholarship, service and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 1975by the family and Augsburg College in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship*-Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson. Johan H. 0. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annuallyto Augsburg students preparing for a professional career in Christian service. Established in 1976 by Mr. and Mrs. Luther H. Rodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvik and his deep personal dedication to his calling as a minister, as well as his scholarly research and pioneering thought concerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstood attitude toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958to honor the Rev. Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the College, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church.Established in 1980 by their children, families and friends to honor the lifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes Missionary ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to a junior or senior student preparing for service as a missionary through the World Mission Department of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Established in 1969 by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes. The Johan L Weltzin Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to upper division Lutheran students. Awards are based upon academic performance and financial need, with preference given to students who would like to serve in foreign missions. Established in 1987 by Pastor H. Alfred Weltzin ('411, Viroqua, Wisc., and Pastor TheodoreJ. Weltzin ('37), Watford City, N.D., in memory of their brother, Johan L. Weltzin ('73). Scandinavian Studies Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upper class studenfds)with academic ability, in the pursuit of a degree with concentrationin Scandinavianlanguages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and friends to honor Iver and Myrtle Olson on the occasion of their golden wedding anniversary. Social Work Stem Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students* -Awarded annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in social work Established in 1985 by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family. The Lisa M. Weeding Memorial Scholarship-Awarded annually to a female junior or senior social work student, based upon financial need and suitable academic accomplishment. Established in 1989 in memory of Lisa M. Weeding ('871, by her parents, Donald and Marilyn Weeding, family and friends. Sociology Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize*- Awarded annually to a student in the general field of Christian sociology. Established in 1936 by members of his family to honor the memory of Professor Adolph Paulson, who taught social science at Augsburg from 193W35. SpeechlCommunicationrrheatre Arts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship*-Awarded talent, scholarship and theatre participation. to a senior student based on The Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama ) -Awarded annually to new incoming freshmen students who will participate in one of the performing arts groups. Up to seven scholarshipswill be awarded. Faculty will base their awards upon applications and auditions. Deadline for application is February 15of each year. The Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre Arts/Religion Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in Theatre Arts, Communication or Religion, based upon academic achievement and financial need. Preference will be given to students involved in drama who are preparing for a career in religious senrice. Established in 1989by her daughter, Carolyn Canfield, family and friends in memory of Dr. Esther J. Olson, Professor of Drama at Augsburg College. 'Indicates e n d o d scholarships Experiences in the classroom are an important part college llife, but learning and development also occur in formal and infomral activities @the College and the metropolitan area. Whetherstudents are residents m commuters, the climatefor learning and living at Augsburg will add dirnensiun to their education. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunitieswe encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and plays are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thank. and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and is available for spiritual guidance, counseling. support or information. Through student government, students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student government also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is orgaruzed into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice Fresident of the Student Body in their officesin the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, special dinners, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalitiesin various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of leisure-time activity on campus. Officesfor the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR,a studentaperated non-profit radio station senring the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Umess Tower. Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus workshops with visiting artsprofessionals. Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota Intemllegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC)and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic M a t i o n (NCAA) Division 111.Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they benefit from the programs of the Learning Center. The Center offers services that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test preparation and math, as well as techniques to improve and enrich even the best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination, time management or study skills in general, the Center has programs that help. This office, located at 620 21st Avenue South, was created in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is recognized as a national model for success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian studentsin the State of Minnesota. The American Indian Support program provides direct services a d assistance in areas that include but are not limited to: Indian student admissions and financialaid procedures, orientation and registration, coursework selection and academic advising, career counseling, community and professional referrals, employment assistance, internships, student housing, personal and crisis counseling. It advises and supports the Interhibal Student Union The program also provides advocacy in areas pertaining to health care, child care, mental health, court services, public assistance issues, chemical dependency and other areas that require or necessitate intervention. An academic component in the form of an American Indian Studies Minor is available (see INS, American Indian Studies). Periodically, cultural activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office. The Black Student Affairs Office is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to providing cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. The Pan-African Student Union provides service to students and holds monthly meetings in the Office of Black Student Affairs. In addition, the Office sponsors events and activities such as Spiritual Life Series, Martin Luther King's Birthday, poetry readings and Augsburg Black Alumni Association meetings. Career Services assists students in many ways. The staff can help students explore interests for majors, find Internships and locate part-time jobs to try out career possibilities. The staff provides seminars on career development, interviewing skills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate programs. All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions and confusion about themselves, their values or their relationships. Sometimes students need to talk things out or receive information about the excellent helping services in the Twin Cities. The Counseling Center provides a supportive environment where students may gain greater self-knowledge and are assisted in the self awareness/personal exploration process by experienced counselors. The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) has been recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with learning and physical disabilities. The C.L.A.S.S. program at Augsburg is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a highquality liberal artseducation for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. The staff include three licensed learning disabilities specialists, one physical disabilitiesspeclalist, and support staff members specializing in taped texts and specla1testing arrangements.This favorable staff/student ratio allows Augsbmg to offer an intense level of personal attention that is unique in the college setting. In addition to individual academic support provided by specdists, other services include advising, computer assistance and advocacy both on and offampus. The Minnesota Multiple Sclerosis Society has recognized Augsburg as an outstanding accessible organization in the field of higher education for its unique system of tunnels and skyways. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students -an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, FYE is centered on a series of themes. These themes will be reflected in and expanded upon in readings, d i m s sions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the Program. The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence hall, aparhnent buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex The housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educa- tional and social programming which balances and complements the educational experience of students. The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closely with the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning. The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvementin developing events, activities and organizationswhich serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. The Tutor Center, located at 2011 S. Seventh Street, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomore level courses. Study rooms and a graduate student study skills counselor are available at the Center to help students. The International Programs Office focuses on the needs of international students and students interested in studying abroad. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. InternationalStudents -Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from over 47 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financialmatters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concerns (adjustment to U.S. educational system and society). New international students participate in an orientation program before the begnmng of the term which provides practical information on housing, banking, using local transportation and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. i Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizationsin Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspechves on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students intemted in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and reentry programs are offered to assist students integrate the experience abroad into their coursework and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15for offcampus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study o f f ~ p u sThe . cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester oncampus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as oncampus study. Students n o d y receive the same number of course aedits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the International Programs Office before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the crosscultural perspectives of its international students and students with experienceoverseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the InternationalHouse, forumson world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of crosscultural communication for faculty and staff. The College has a contract for its student health service with Srnileys Point Chic, a teaching clinic of the University of Minnesota Medical School. The Clinic is located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus. Officevisits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health coverage to determine if they ~ I inP cluded; if they aw not, contact the Dean of Students' office for information regarding student health insurance. The Commons-Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is themain food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant, spaciousroom feasmall table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions ~ I P generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's -Located on the ground floor of the Center, Murphys features gnll items, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making. Each residence unit has one or more resident staff who facilitatesthe process of group living and discusses personal concerns with individual students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomoresnot living at home to live in College-operated housing. Manied student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Studentsrent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangementsin the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. AU studentsliving on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. Umess Tower -AU new students and some upperclass students live in Umess Tower. This 11story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads and lamps. Laundry facilities a~ available in each residence. Mortensen Tower -This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. South H all -Contains 12apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West H all -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Annex Housing -This provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a special interest house. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as environmental concerns, men's and women's awareness, international living honors program and Scandinavian studies. The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX.Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Officeand to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, a d ,marital status or age. Persons additional information on these topics should contact the Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the directory at the end of the catalog. A.ugsburg College constructs its cuwiculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human sons -intellechcally, spiritually and physically. To act tff&.vely, human beings must have a broad grasp of the ofthe wmldPam which they have come as well as the m l d in which they live. By prouiding courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and camplmPXIty of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are liesigned to acquaint students with the Christian tradition a d encourage them to r$ect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses qf2r students the opportunity to deuelop skills for participation in exe~cise and sporting activities. Students choosefrom over 45 majar areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a disciplineand to preprefor a career mfurther study. Thus, through a balance of cuwicuiizr activities supported by full pre grams in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strim to educate its students in a ral wmldfar the ral wmld. Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts,the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The BS. degree is awarded to graduates with maprs in Chemistry (ACS),Computer Science (BS.option), Music Therapy, Nursing, Physics (B.S. option) and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offers a Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and Master of Social Work Augsburg follows the 4 1 4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (SeeRegistration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigatequestions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular t e r n The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classesoffered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United Statesand abroad. Independent or directed study and internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year and is distributed to all students, and is available by contacting the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and GraduatePrograms). The heart of any educational institution is its faculty and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree and all consider their teaching to be the f m s of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fieldsbut especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 175,000 books,journals, records, sound cassettes, films and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-oriented staff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, &nce service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitationsand special needs. Students have access via a computerized on-line catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the JamesJ. Hill Reference Library. The Library AudieVisual Center houses and supplies media equipment, films and video tapes free of charge for instructionaluse. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. The fall 1991completion of a new computer classroom and lab is an irnportant addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters located in the dormitories, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a wide range of network services. Augsburg College became a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet in the fall of 1990, connecting Augsburg to hundreds of universities and other institutionsin the US. and around the world. Internet access and a focus on educational technology allows Augsburg to integrate these new electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. The College curriculum is offered by 22 departmentswhich are grouped into four divisionsfor administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages,Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts, College Librarians Natural Science and Mathematics -Mark Engebretson (chaqmwn) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences -Richard Nelson (Chairperson) Business Administration/Management Information Systems (MIS), Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Marie McNeff (Chairpemn) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing Social Work MAJORS AND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Studentsmay contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Art Art History Studw Art Biology Business Administration Accounting, Finance, International Business, Mi2~gt??nent and Marketing Chemisty (B.A. or B.S.) Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East Asian Studies1 Economics Applied Economics Economics-Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering English Foreign Languages Chinese, French, Getman,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (BMS Music P e r ~ n c (BM.) e Music Therapy (B.S.1 Nursing (B.S.) American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages Chinese' French, German,Japanese, Norwegian, Russian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science social Work (B.S.) Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies ' speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Phiiosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Area Studies social Welfare Sociology Soviet and East European Area Studies Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for studentsto complete other maprs through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). Students who wish to complete a rnapr offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrafs Office. I Cooperative Program of the Assodated Colleges of the Twin Cities and a g r m t s with the University ofMinnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning and intermediate courses in Arabic, Chinese, Hebrm, Japaneseand Russian. Other languages may be milable through special arrangement. Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology,Washington Unimsity School of Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological Uniwsity. Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-LanguageArts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12)and Classroom Music (grades5-12), Orchestra (K-12),Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grade35-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major(s). Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineeringcan profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Associate Academic Dean early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirementsat other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirementsin mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engine* while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts,including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law -Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schools and consult the Augsburg prelaw adviser, Dr. Robert Clyde. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Prelaw students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a m r d of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departmentshave majors which can fulfill the academic +rements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups -(367,386,471), (355,474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481) -with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124,125; PHY 121,122; electivesfrom humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology or religion Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior yea.. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 124; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is a set of opportunities designed to challenge the most academicallydistinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics seminars, a senior honors Interim course and a bi-monthly program of speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of its very best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers and others. Requirementscenter on full participation in the program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries for the freshman and sophomore program to Joan Griffin and the junior and senior program to Larry Gockett. Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instructionin music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to parbcipate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or mapr not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles studentsbetween the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semes ters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinaryand address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitatesinnovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effortbetween Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialiststo help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force RO'K program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information,contact the Office of the Registrar. Naval ROTC -Augsburg studentsmay participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Officeof the Registrar. Students are encouraged to consider study abroad as part of their educational program at Augsburg College. Study abroad provides opporhmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience differentcultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standingat Augsburg may apply for perrnission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studyingabroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15to study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis an oncampus study. Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Coursesabroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. I E I A sample of study programs is highhghted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the InternationalPrograms Office. Fall Term Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategiesand the connectionswomen are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Students begin at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuemavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 I Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America Each fall, Augsburg's Center for Global Education offers this program introducingparticipants to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing,popular education and human services. Students b e p at the US./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: April 1 HECUA Augsburg, in consortiumwith other colleges and universities, offers programs through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)in three different fullsemester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Columbia. All programs emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on HECUA programs, see the Metro-Urban Studies listing in this catalog. HECUAlSouth American Urban Semester: Ecuador or Columbia (SAUS) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the relationshipsbetween Third World development and the consequences of urbanization on the growth of cities in South America. Application deadline: March 15 HECUAlScandinavianUrban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) (Also offered Spring Term.) This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Field study in Scandinavia and the U.S.S.R. is included. Application deadlines: November 1(Spring term), March 15 (Fall term) Interim Abroad Each January, 25-30courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education W A I E ) . Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the followingJanuary. Application deadline: October 25 Spring Term Program in Global Community This program of Augsburg's Center for Global Education examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the chwch in Latin America. The program also explores the importance of community and the responsibility of U.S. citizens in working for social and political change. Students begm at the U.S./Mexico border, live in Cuernavaca, Mexico, for most of the semester, and travel to Central America. Cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus. Application deadline: October 15 Minnesota Studies in International Development (MSID) Augsburg, in cooperation with the ACTC colleges and the University of Minnesota,offers the opportunity to study development issues in one of seven countries: Ecuador, Colombia, India, Jamaica, Kenya, Morocco and Senegal.The program consists of coursework in the U.S., a development related internship in the country and community outreach upon return. During the Fall semester, two required predeparture courses are offered at the University of Minnesota.Directed study, internship or field research is offered in the country during Interim and Spring terms. Application deadline: May 15 HECUNLiterature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Educador (USLA) This interdisciphaxyprogram focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature and arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1 HECUNScandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway (SUST) See description under listings for Fall term. ACTC German Program: Germany and Austria Students participate in intensive language study at the Goethe Institute in Germany during January and February and in a course on AustrdXrman culture, language and civilization in Vienna, Austria. Application deadline: Odober 15 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) Augsburg participates in SPAN as a joint venture with other colleges and the University of Minnesota. Each January four countriesare selected and applicationsare accepted during Spring term. Students participate in language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, independent study/research on the topic of one's choice during the summer, and writing a paper and community projects upon return Application deadline: May 15 Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the Intemational Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the Internationaland American Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS Internships, Cooperative Education and Service-Learning Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal artseducation by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizationsand the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowingand doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal artscurriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiencesin small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps: 1. Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signaturesof the faculty supervisor and Director of Internshipsand Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be tumed in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement seared, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester),interim or summer session. For extension of an internship beyond one term see the section of the catalog under grading. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education CooperativeEducation is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience.Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begn and end anytime. Co-op Ed is not aedited in and of itself,but a nonaedit CooperativeEducation transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's ServiceL.eaming program combines response to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understandingof issues, reflection and educationalgrowth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearningactivities and seminarsor class discussions. Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s1and the community. The Service-I-eamhg Program works with community organizations and organizes @c projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of service-learninginto departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second mapr or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the cumculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the followingmajors: Business Administration (specializationsin accounting, finance, international business, management, and marketing), Communication (concentrationsin human relations, marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are thnx trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts.This cross-disciplinary program directs its acadanic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to orpnimtional leaders. AugsbUrg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandingof their world. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipprogram values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishingthe role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offerstwo concentrations:Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and servicesthat respond to human need. Both concentrations are founded on the asumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutionsmust be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, includinghuman needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OrFmPRContinuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through ContinuingEducation. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985 with an endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports s p e d events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awarenessof the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education, founded at Augsburg in 1985 facilitates crosscultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. Students can participate in semester abroad programs, as well as Weekend College and Graduate Program courses offered at the Center's program sites in Latin America, the Middle East, Southern Africa, and the Asia/Pacific region. A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four courses per semester and one course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4 5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester b e p s , registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancellingor adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the followingsemesters. As some courses are offeredonly in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their class registrations. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office,Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specificinformationon registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Ofice -Memorial 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Mace Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the fall. All currently enrolled students may preregister during the fall for the Spring and during the spring for the Fall terms. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration at the begnning of each semester and complete financialarrangements. Students who do not confirmtheir registration before the first day of classes (unless s p e d arrangementshave been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confinn during the first five days, but special late fees a= assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered because this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellationof courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student StandingCommittee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts an? effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Leave of Absence Students may request a leave of absence for academic or personal reasons. A request form must be picked up from the Office of the Dean of Students. It must be signed by the Dean of Students, or authorized representative, and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a leave of absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original leave of absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous leave of absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A leave of absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Associate Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. AU degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar'soffice prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1. Completion of 35 courses -At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors -17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18for the The course total must include three Interimsfor students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculatedon each transfer s t u d d s evaluationof transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses q d two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P).Non-traditional grading (PIalso has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; one in the minor if approvedby the department dxiqxmn Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrais Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2 Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientationand Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certificationrequire higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensurein education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, socialwork.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of seven courses for part-time students)must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Because a new general education curriculumfakes effkc.3Septemberf 1991,other graduation ~equirementsdiffer depending on a studenYs class$katratrow Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Regular Students Enrolled Before June, 1991 Students enrolled b e f o June, ~ 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or c h a n p g to the graduation requirements in effect begmmngin September, 1991.No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the followingclassificationswill follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Students entering in 1991-1992 who are classified as Sophomores, Juniors, or Seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as Juniorsor Seniors; Those entering in 1993-94 classified as Seniors . All other entering students will follow the requirementslisted in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum Requirements" (see pages 81-89). Writing -A course in writing (English 111)or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of En@k Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven mas: Mathematics-Physics Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology-sociology Economics-PoliticalScience History-Philosophy Art-Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Foreign Languages-Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at Augsburg. Students who test above the 111level of a foreign language will take one additionalcourse at placement level in that language or two courses (111and 112)of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Interim course, are required. The number of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Reglstrar'sOffice. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies -One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement arr published each t e r n Information is available at the w s t r a f s Office. Lifetime Sports -Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-courserequirement. Rationale for the Augsburg General Education Curriculum: The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supportingcourses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal artsas expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists 'To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal artsperspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciphq reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: 'The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliationwith the Lutheran Church,its insistence on the value of howing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve s p e d considerationin Augsburg's educational program. The third feature-that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is also emphasized in the other Liberal Arts Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human -form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on sigruficant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West,alone would be ethnocentric:We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-CulturalAwareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to foms upon aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamentalinsights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: reading writing word processing critical thinking quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these inventories. Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) Transfer Students: Take entry level skills tests and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are q i i r e d to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take Developmental Writing before Effective Writing. Freshmen must complete the writing requirement before the begnmng of their Sophomoreyear. Students who pass the writing assessment inventory at the advanced levels (to be determined by the English Department)will not be required to take Effective Writing. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory, and will be given information about taking the Math Placement Test based upon previous mathematics courses. Freshman and Sophomore (entering 1992-'93 or after) transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Junior and Senior Transfer Students Entering Junior and Senior transfer students (entering 1993294 or after) are I exempt from word processing, reading and critical thinking assessments. Those who have not taken an Effective Writing course or a college level mathematics course must take entry level tests in writing and/or quantitative reasoning. If they do not achieve exemption from those mpirements, they must satisfy the requirement in those areas. Those who have a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are exempt from the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous college mathematics courses. Junior and Senior transfers (entering 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only one writing component course is required. 1 Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking spealung and quantitative reasoning are deliberatecomponents of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. 1 Lifetime Spohs Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35course requirement. The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for begmmng to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspechve. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: A student will choose one course from each category. No single course can fulfill the requirementsin two or more categories. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except: 1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." 2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." 3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educationalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as ~vealedin Scriptureand the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scrip tures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values and dgious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.The Bible ( for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Three courses are required to meet this Perspective except for the following 1. Junior transfer students will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg; and 2. Senior transfer students will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges.In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and cooperative education experiencesor by designated or college a p proved noncredit experiences (such as volunteer service or college pmgrams). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Western Heritage This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization Attention should be paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been sighcant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. 2. S p d c historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertaining and conveyingthe past. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Human Identity This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiencesand behaviors. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approachesthat attempt to explain how individual persons think,feel and ad. 2. Scientific or humanistic interp~tationsof their own development as persons. 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Fadors involved in physical and mental health. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: Aesthetics Aesthetic creationsconvey fundamental insights and values, expressbeauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. One course is required to meet this Perspective. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identdy, examine and critique &, economic or political systems:to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connectionsamong these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. I From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.The characteristicsand dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political, or economic systems and the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Two courses are required for this Perspective. Perspective: lntercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstreamNorth American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, studentsare required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign language. The foreign language requirement will be based upon placement: Foreign Language Placement Course Requirement 111,112 112 211 212 No course required Students who are m p r e d to complete two semestersof foreign language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understandingof and critically reflect on: 1.Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengthsand limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social develop ments and the variety of ways persons and civilizationshave approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differencesbetween science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment, and the interconnectedness of all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classify, and model objects and events. Two courses are required to meet this Perspective. Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students who chose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0 Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". For transfer students, P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitationsunder Graduation Requirements. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and several Interim courses are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only PI 1.0 or N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/N. In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course Performancebelow basic course standards Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P 8ass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work q u i d to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the R e t r a r . Ifpermission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactoryprogress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course in which a grade of 0,05,1.0,15, N, I or X has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beguuung of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expestations have been met, the course will be listed on the tramaipt as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total a a d e mints - 2 (P or TransferCourses) Courses taken - 8 or Transfer Courses) Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. Sophomores-Seven courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors-16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors-25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Advanced Placement Program Test Advanced placement in courses beyond the begnning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. International Baccalaureate Program Coursesearned from the International BaccalaureateProgram will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate d Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Regstrar. t Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)-This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject e&nination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for s u b j j area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Student StandingCommittee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP)-This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrar and two faculty members from fields of study diredly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP Committee applies the followingcriteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experiencethat involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transaipt credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements I and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, thii learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (onefourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmental exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing or Effective Writing will be detenriined by their scores on the Michigan test (8@90 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade of 35 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/ 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation. Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore-A student who has taken fewer than 16courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 25 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior -A student who has taken 25 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is q u i r e d for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelineswill either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, d i s missal fromthe College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the studenfs commitment to academic progress is the major considerationin deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Studentswho have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw beforethe end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classificationchanges to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, for a weekday schedule student or two full courses, or equivalent, for a Weekend College student, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. If permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. / Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinctionis determined as follows: Summa cum laude -3 8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA M a p cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 38 cumulativeGPA Cum laude -3 3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulativeGPA To quahfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is appmveci by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Augsburg's standards of academic progress are given in this Catalog.When a veteran or eligible person fails to maintain these p&bed standards of progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Administration. It is the responsibility of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as it is for all students. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent for which they had been certified. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirementsof the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. m DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS Aands atruth liberal a* institution, College beliews thnt knaoledge are infmrehtai and are infiegrakd infoa whole. The ktiditwn Augsburg ofthe academic world, however, divides this unified truth into m e manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of indid u a l disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more ac:cmItrleto studenti 17fese c o u can ~ be arranged in various ways to coastruct majorsI fo crmte the suhtance of a broad general education atd fo give M a t s the oppfunihj to study areas of particular individual interest. Wm'ptions qf c m r m are arranged by departments and programs. k d s u i p i i ' i o p r s ofu a brkf summay ofthe subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach arid requirementsfor a partkular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its gmls and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirementsfm individual majors and minms follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fall and/ or Spring terms. The ACTC Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirementsand course offeringswith an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offered in January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of Arts in Leadership-Educationand the Master of Social Work programs are published in separate catalogs. Credits A full course is offeredfor one credit A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 6Gminute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Coursesnumbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400sfor seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description.A student ky enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not beenfulfilled if there is prior approvalby the professor teaching the course and of the academic adviser. Augsburg College offers a minor in American Indian Studies. See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies (INS). Am DETT~~ENT (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our suryival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this,we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experiencethrough a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts,the visual arts,as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly significant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language,history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, I lI I I disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruticant number of artgalleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide on-the-pb, supervised, evaluated experienceswhich contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Hundreds of s m c careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting and gallery and museum work. The f u t u holds ~ a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Lynn Bollman, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen Studio Art Major: Nine-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; three art history courses including 240. One course must be in two4imensional art (118,223, 360) and one in three-dimensional art (221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: Foundations 102,107,225; four studio disciplines from 118,132,221,223 and 250; second level courses in two areas; 240 and two other art history courses. Consult with the Education Department for requirements in education for teacher licensw. Art History Major: Eight art history courses including 240 and 388; two studio courses including one from 102,107 or 225 and 118or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Department Chairperson before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: Four studio courses including 107and 240. Art History Minor: Five art history courses including 240. Certificate in ATt: Eight art courses, including one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. Foundations in Studio Art 102 Environmental Design Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciationand criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. 225 Communication Design I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. An emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process. Studio Art 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. 106 108 Calligraphy Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broadedged pen. Attention is given to the historical development of calligraphyand the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. This course also has an Upper Division option. Introduction to Art Therapy An introdudion/overview to art therapy as a human setvices profession, recognizing individualdevelopment through art and the creative process. This course will study the various populations served through art therapy and explore the various media and processes used. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photographic process. Students need access to a 35 rnm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $1!5&175. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 221 Sculpture l An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. 223 Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinatingvisual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books and miscellaneouspublications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. (Weekend College only.) Life Drawing See Interim Catalog. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Tribal Arts and Culture (see INS,American Indian Studies) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Communication Design II A study of visual communicationsin magazines, television, film,advertising symbols and other mass media. Practice in areas of photography, typography and illustration. (Prereq.:225) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: W)) Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118) Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in transparent watercolor. Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, includingJapanesewoodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine prow. Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221) 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art maprs. Art History 240 Art History Survey A survey of Western art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research,viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing m r s e s are @ad infemitfently, usually one or two sections a yem. 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, includingthe fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from prehistory to modern times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th Century A.D. 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proteenaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculptureand architecture, from the 14ththrough the 18thCenturies. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculptureand architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th Century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. BIOLOGY DEP- (BIO) Biology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living matures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understandingof the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain seIf-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another si@ant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organismshas accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understandingimportant biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agricultureand food science have depended on the findingsof basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applicationsof the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduatemajor in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Robert Herforth (Chairperson),Thomas Herbst, Esther McLaughlin, Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major: Nine courses, including 111,112, 201 and at least one from each of the following five groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386,471; Cellular to Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361, 440; Environmental: 476,481. The ninth course may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491,a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also required: CHM 105 or 115,106 or 116,and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group III. Studentswho intend to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools should consult with the Department because these schools vary in their science admission requirements. These may include CHM 351,352 instead of 223,PHY 121, 122instead of 103,and MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also q u i r e s three courses in earth and life sciences. For secondary teaching we recommend the broadest possible program in biology. Studentsplanning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their academic program. The Department works with the CooperativeEducation Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department CooperativeEducation Coordinator. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior yea.. Minor: Five courses, including 111,112 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the -system? What influence do humans have on the environment?What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories is considered. No animal dissectionswill be done in the laboratory. (Three hours lecture; three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor.) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implications of pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational safety and health. An historical s w e y of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism.A critical evaluation of the socialapplication s of biological concepts. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) Basic microbial features are considered as well as applicationsof microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. For student nurses, health maprs, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Weekend College only. Does not apply to the mapr or minor) 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionarymechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instrubor. (Three hours lecture; fourhours laboratory) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. (Rereq.: 112) 201 Methods in Biological Research An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research, which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatographyand physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed and experiments are conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Pweq: 112) 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiate"fact from fiction" in this controversial biological field. Clime hours lecture. Prereq.: 112or consent of instructor) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112) 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history and evolutionaryrelationships. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparativestudy dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the verte brates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (Threehours lecture, fourhours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Plant Biology A survey of the mapr divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. kereq.: 112) Biochemistry An introdudory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: 112,CHM 223 or 352or consent of instructor. ) Immunology A study of the structureand function of the immune system at molecular, cellular and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Internship Upper Division Internship. Students must be juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112) Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationshipsof these processes to plant structures. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) Cellular Biology A study correlating functionwith ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.Prereq.: 112, 367 or consent of instructor. ) Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112;CHM 106 or 116;PHY 103 or 122 or consent of instructor) Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as desaiptive studies are included in the laboratory work. In addition to embryonic development, the topics of malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112) 476 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses.Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.) 481 Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationshipsbetween organisms and their environments. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 112,361 or consent of instructor. ) 491 Seminar A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniorsand seniors is required. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112, and previous arrangement with instructor) BUSINESS ADMINERMION (BUS)AND MA NAG^ INFO-ON SYSTEMS (MIS)DEPANMEW The Department of Business Administration and Management Information Systems (MIS) is committed to developing both the theoretical and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizations as well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, three majors are offered: Business Administration, Management Information Systems (MIS) and a combination major in Economics-Business Admhistration. Business Administration and MIS should be considered separately in regard to the limitation of no more than 13courses in any one department. Within Business Administration, there are five specdizations:Accounting, Finance, Management, Marketing and InternationalBusiness. Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. Recognizing the occupational realities of the business disciplines, the Department is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fosteringclose ties with the corporate community, which in turnprovides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities as well as future job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributing to an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration Faculty:Amin Kader (Chairpason), Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John C. Cenito, Mary Dean, Earl Eames, Steven Freimuth, Peter Gillen, Abo-el Yazeed Habib, M. Anaarn Hashmi, Wendy B. Hines, Marilyn Horowitz, Jane Kammerman, Myron J. Kapel, Roy LaFayette, Lori L. Lohman, Linda McKeag, Robert Kramarczuk, Fekri Meziou, Kinney G. Misterek, Thomas Morgan, Robert M. Murphy, Paul Pender, Paul E. Portz, Hamed Sallam, Milo Schield, Gregg Schneider, Robert Schultheis, Stanley H. Solnick, Stuart M. Stoller, James Urbach, Cheree Waiters, Robert D. Wykstra BUSINS (BUS) Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations:BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331, 391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315. *Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses, 322,323,324, either 326 or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Speckdimtion in Management: 12 Core courses, 340,440, ECO 318, PSY 373 or SOC 349. Specialization in Marketing: 12Core courses, 352,355 or 357,450, ECO 415. Specializationin International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as three semesters of a foreign language (or tested equivalent).Also the following: one International Economics course and BUS 362,364 and 466. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: Six Economics courses (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division); eight Business Administration/ MIS courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and two other Upper Division). Notes: Studentswho plan to major in the Business Administration department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and camp* hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: Six courses, including 221,242,252,331, ECO 112and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in International Business: Six courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and three International Business courses. Other configurationsmay be permitted on consultation with the Department. *CPA. Certification: Studentswho wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examinationprior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the mapr in Business Administration-Accountingand taken all accounting and business law offered. Students mapring in Business AdministrationAccounting are qualiiied under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester. *C.MA Certification: Students who have taken a prescnied course of study in accountingmay take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experiencerequirement. This certificateindicates proficiency in the area of managerial accounting. Notes: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may take the Certified Management Accountant (CMA) examination prior to fullilling the experience requirement.This certificateindicates profiaency in the area of managerial accounting. In addition to the comes listed under Ihe title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS295,495), the Department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, M i m Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, and Risk Management and Insurance. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (see under MIS 175) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities,basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuationof 221. Introductionto business activities, accounting for corporations.Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations.(Prereq.:BUS 221) 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 279.) Topics Ledures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of h c i a l accounting with emphasis on accountingtheory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113) Accountlng Theory and Practice II A continuationof 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabiities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322) Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for manage rial decision making. Manning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252, 279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accountlng The more common and important provisions of planning apd compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,279; ECO 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.:BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.:BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Marketing Communications This course looks at the communicationsaspects of marketing by integrat- ing advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communicationsprograms, particularly advertising; selection of media; copycreative effort; advertiseragency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force selection, compensation, territorial design and performance appraisal. (F'rereq.: Bus 252) Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit. Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communications. (Note: Both 355 and 357 cannot be taken for credit) International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the prospective required for successfulplanning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeingboth the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in internationalbusiness. (Prereq.: Two Business and Economics courses or consent of instructor) Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a &t of financial statements. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial struchue and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lechrres and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/rehun relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: All Core courses or consent of instructor) 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.:BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutionson the multinational corporation and on the strategies, structures, practices and effects of the national co'potation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242,362) 466 International Marketing Designed primarily for students interested in the study of business activities on a global xale. More specifidly, the majority of the come will be devoted to those issues and activities unique to marketing a product or service in an "international setting." Topics will include internationalenvironment scanning and analysis; comparative marketing research; strategic planning; produd, price, promotioiand distribution issues in multinational markets. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 479.) 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. Brereq.:consent of instructor) Major in MIS: Eve business courses (BUS 221,222,242,252 and 3311, four Economics courses (ECO 112,113,313 and 318), one Mathematics course MAT 121or 171), two Computer Science courses (CSC 170 and 210), and six MIS courses (MIS175, 279,370,375,475 and 476). CSC 352 can be taken in place of MIS 370. Notes: MIS maprs are strongly urged to consider PHI 130, MAT 122, ECO 425 and MIS 479. Students who wish to major in MIS should select an MIS faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their degree program. Transfer Students:MIS maprs must either earn at least four of their Upper Division courses at Augsburg or must receive an exemption from the Department faculty. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and an oral examination on some aspect of the major. Course Prerequisites: If you lack either the course mpkements or the Mathematics Placement Group (MPG)quimnents, you may not be admitted by the instructor. Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) requirements: MIS 175,279,370,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all maprs in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 279, they all must have at least MPG 111. Mathematics Placement Group Information: To obtain your current Placement Group, contact the Mathematics Department, Weekend College, or the secretaryin the Departments of Business, Economics, and MIS.A Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) is based on: 1) a review of course transfers, 2) the score on the most recent placement exam,or 3) passing various 100level Mathematics coqrses at Augsburg. If you have previous courses that are not in your MPG, submit your transcript to the Mathematics Department for review. If you plan to take the placement exam,consult the Mathematics Department for specific information on the exam schedule, the materials covered and the availabilityof computerized tutorials. see which mathematics courses will generate a particular Placement Group, consult the Mathematics Department. Placement Group time limits: The MathematicsDepartment may disregard courses taken more than five years ago and may choose to lapse an MPG given more than five years ago. 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123(graphics, database and logical functions)dBase HI+ and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (prrreq.: MPG 11or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399) 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to quantitative reasoning,descriptivemeasures, probabil- ity, sampling distributions, infaence and estimation. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Minitab may be required to analyze and survey data. e r e q . : MIS 175and either Math F'lacement Group III or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104). Topics Lebures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management InformationSystems. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499) Advanced Computing for Business, Economlcs and MIS An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts and pseudocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus and dBASE. (Prereq.: MPG III or a Pass in MAT 104. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive knowledge of Lotus and DOS). Management lnformation Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software) and various types of information systems. May involve several case studies: review business needs, summarize the relevant findings (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicatethe recommendations.Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Preq.: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175or 370). Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223. Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Systems Analysis and Design Identifythe necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Preq.: MIS 375) lnformation Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.:MIS 475) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business Economics and MIS Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inhence plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended:MIS 370) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunityto analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientistsmust be well versed in the science of chemistry, howledgeable in fad and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of providing a public understandingof their work including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schoolsof the American Chemical Society (ACS)and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of mapr concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty:Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg,John R. Holum, Joan C. Kunz, Michele Nielsen Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry:115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353,361,363 and one additional course from 364 and 365,464,481,483, or Biochemistry. Participation in seminar; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125. Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124,125 or MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105, 106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; and one advanced course; PHY 121,122 and two additional physics courses. Modem Physics and Electronics are recommended. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation mapr. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistancein planning a course program early in their college career. Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS mapr and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree. American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelorof Science): 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and all chemistry courses above 350 (except 399, 497,499); Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124 or 145, MAT 125 or 146, and 224 or 245; PHY 121,122 (which should be taken during the sophomore year). Reading ability in German equivalent to two semesters, computer proficiency, Modem Physics, additionalmathematics and research experience are recommended. Honors Major: Full ACS major; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: Five courses which must include 115,116 (or 105,106), 353 and two other chemistry courses from 223,351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit will not be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in course descriptions. E Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, courses that must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or P, or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a tw* term course in registering for the second tam. Placement in 105or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination: 105requires Group II placement; 115requires Group I11 placement. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Somewhat less rigorous than 115,116; designed especially for students who will not mapr in chemistry, although students may go from 106to 351,353. This course covers basic concepts in chemistry, often from an historical, technological or environmentalperspective. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's Upper Division Program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social sciences. Fmt term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applicationsto human physiological chemistry. (Three onehour lectures, two hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the mapr or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105 or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110 and 351. Prereq.:High school chemistry within the last five years) 115,116 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. Many topics are presented from an historical approach and bring in discussion regarding technologies and values resulting from science, with recognition of current events or concerns. (Three onehour lectures, three hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math Placement Group III) 199 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the sophomorechemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding quirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriateplacement site by registering with the Intanship and Cooperative Education Office. 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onsemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the year-long organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if Chemistry 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for Chemistry 352. Credit cannot be given for Chemistry 110and Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry 223 meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Preq.: 106 or 116.Three lectures and one threehour laboratory per week) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theohesif chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanisms; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmentaland industrial fields. (Three onehour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prerq.: 106or 116) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysisand solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lech.m, one four-hour laboratory. Pweq.: 106or 116) 361,364 Physical Chemistry The basic theoreticalconcepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum theory and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these concepts to areas of molecular structure, equilibria and electrochemistryin the second semester. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prerq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124or 145, MAT 125or 146) 363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112 course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and analysis and experimental application of concepts p r e sented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken the first half of the semester and involves experiments related to 361. CHM 365 is to be taken the second half of the semester by aJl persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the Department for exemption. 399 Internship A work-based learning experienceat the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is ex@. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifyingorganic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include struchm-spectra correlations for IR, UV,N M R and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (Threehours of lecture, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German.) 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical mkhods as well as chromatographic and eledroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (Three hours lecture, one four and onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353,361, or consent of instructor.) 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Selected topics, including descriptivechemistry, spectroscopicdata interpretation, correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Threeonehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. kereq.:352,361, or consent of instructor.) 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodingeis wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Threeone-hour lectures. Prereq.:364 or consent of instructor.) 491 Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry maprs under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society.Juniors and seniors are expeded to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation. Such experiencemay be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunityto be involved in industrial research projects. @mior or senior standing) 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. aunior or senior standing) COMMUNICATION (See listing under Speech, Communicationand Theatre.) Khin Khin Jensen, Director Major or minor in East Asian Studiesare offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with socialand recreational agencies or graduate studies. Two years of Japaneseare taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Japanese and Chinese language studies. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutesare available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including four courses (two years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies; two courses in history; two courses in cultural specialization or comparative studies, and two courses from a list of approved electives. Major courses must have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies: Five courses, includingtwo courses (one year) of basic college Chinese or Japanese or equivalent competencies; one course in history of East Asia; and two Upper Division courses in cultural specializationfrom a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diredor of the program. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentrationat Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies: Five courses, two from HIS 322, 323,324; one from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; one from HIS 474, POL 351,363,282; and one from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is stronglyrecommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under History Department.) 299 Directed Study (See Director of Program.) 322 Modern Southeast Asia (See under History Department.) 323 Modern China (See under History Department.) 324 Modern Japan (See under History Department.) 351 Communist Political Systems (See under Political Science Department, Comparative Politics and Analysis.) 363 Communist Foreign Policies (See under Political Science Department, International Politics.) 382 From Marx to Mao (See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis.) 399 Internships (See Director of Program for guidelines to apply for an internship.) 474 The World and the West (See under History Department.) 495 Seminar (See Diredor of Program.) 499 Independent Study (See Director of Program for guidelines.) ECONOMICS (ECO) D E P . The Department of Economicsat Augsburg College offers a program stressing a strong theowtical background, quantitative techniques and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a degree in Economics are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields due to the strong liberal arts emphasis within the mapr. Three majors are offered to students within this Department. The General Economicsmajor is designed for students who are planning graduate or professional studies. The Applied Economics mapr generally leads to careers in the business world. Finally, the combined Business Administration/Economics major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in plannning their program of study. Economics course offerings are designed to meet the needs of students preparing for advanced studies as well as for those who, immediatelyafter graduation, are interested in starting a career. An Augsburg Economics mapr provides a solid foundation on which to build national or international careersin business, law, government or public service. The program allows students, once they have completed the core courses, to concentrate on their specrficareas of interest. Studentsare able to combine an Economics major with other disciplines. For example, business, international relations, mathematics, management information systems (MIS), political science, Soviet and East European area studies or Scandinavian area studies are often combined with economics. Economicsmajors and minors are available both through Day School and Weekend College. Economics F a d * Satya P. Gupta (Chairperson),Jeanne Boeh,Magda PalecznyZapp, Edward Sabella. Adjunct Faculty: Paul Halverson, M. Shahid Islam, Eli Ndosi, Edward Raupp, Hamed Sallam, Yong Narn Song Major in Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,312,313,414, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 279; and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. Major in Applied Economics: Eight Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and three other Upper Division); and BUS 221,222; MIS 175,279,479; MAT 121;and PHI 130. Combined Major in EconomicsBusiness Administration:S i x Economics coursg (112,113,312,313, and two other Upper Division);eight Business Admhktration/MIS corn (BUS221,222,242,252,331; MIS 279 and two other Busings Upper Division) Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre hensive oral examination in the mapr field of concentration. Minor in Economics: ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Notes: Students who plan to mapr in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department Adviser as soon as possible in order to c a d y plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Soviet Economy. 110 112 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metreurban environment.Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis," Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration, MIS and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112and 113 which are also open to non-majors.) Principlesof Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, internationaltrade, economic growth. Application of elementaryeconomic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 113or 110. ECO 112and 113maybe taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other courses. 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics,the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 113. ECO 112and 113may be taken in either order, or may be taken in the same term for the student to progress moR rapidly to other courses. 175 Computers for Business, Economicsand MIS (See Business, M I S 175.) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 215 Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance, management and marketing are also examined. Prerq.: ECO 113) History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include anaent, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and modern economicthought. Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 279.) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodologyand current national and international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112) lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Contemporary East-West Economic Relations This course explores the motivations for economic cooperationbetween countries with different political and economic systems. The conditions for East-West economic cooperation and its will be analyzed. The focus is on recent developments in joint economic and industrial cooperation. The institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and explained (including institutional changes in the directing of foreign trade in centrally-planned economies).At the global level, effects of GATT, IMF, the World Bank, EEC and CMEA on EastWest economic relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commer- cial banks, the Federal Resenre System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) Comparative Economic Systems This is an interdisciplinarycourse with emphasis on the differences and similarities between market and planned economies and the recent institutional changes in Eastern Europe. The course evaluates the performance of different economic systems with resped to their allocation of resources. Different theoretical models are examined and compared to their real-world variants in an attempt to assess the relevant merits of capitalism, socialism and market socialism. (Prereq.: ECO 112or 113) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.:ECO 313) International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (kereq.: ECO 112or 113) Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicable to graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunityto spend one full term working with an organization.In addition, the student &ill write a report on his/h& activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.:ECO 313. On demand.) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among the topics considered are theories anapractices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations and an analysisof economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.:MIS 279, ECO 313) 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macm-emnomictheory. (Prereq.:ECO 312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent.On demand.) 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See Business, MIS 479.) Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunityto analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Renq.: consent of instructor.) E D U ~ ODEPARTMENT N (EDE, EDS, EDU) Studentsintemted in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education Professional education combinesthe study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teachingis the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education pmgmns. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities m.In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education Some teaching fields mquire graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementaryor secondary education However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take basic competency tests (prescribedby the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to begnning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is availableboth through Day School and Weekend College.Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Education Faculty: Mary Ann Bayless, Carolyn Clemmons, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Marian Enos, Joseph Erickson, Ann F'leener, Ethelind Garetz, Rich Gerrnundsen, Hamet Johnson, Marie McNeff, Phyllis Metcalf, Vicki Olson, JacquelineRichardson, Mary Jo Stump Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 265,341,351,352, 381,382,383,384,386,387,388,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; SWK 260; PHY 103; and an academic minor. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten, is also required. A GPA of 2 5 overall and 2.5 in major and academic minor and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.5 in all Education courses. Students must also fulfill requirements of the Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure Rogram are available in the Education Department. PHY 103 Conceptual Physics The examination and preparation of materials and resources for Elementary School science teaching. This course fulfills the math requirement for licensure as well as the science methods course. Students must have a Level I11 Math Placement before enrolling in this course. 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek a n appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. 255 Orientatlon to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experlence Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. @rereq.: sophomore standing or above) EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and position as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunityfor students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU265 Orientation to Education In an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (kereq.: Sophmore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education.) 295 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offaings. Specifictopics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower Division Independent Study. EDU 341 Media Technology (1 12 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for teaching/leamingsituations. Computer training will be included in this CO351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in reading, and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary and Fleld Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. 370 Classroom Management A class for Elementary and Secondaryeducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategiesof classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategiesfor teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk Students are encouraged to take introduction to Special Education (282) prior to registering for this course. 375 Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (1/2 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Required for all persons seeking kindergarten licensure.) 381 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementarylevels. Laboratory experiences. 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resouKes for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (1/2 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. EDU388 Human Relations (1/2 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Partidpation in a c o n m t seminar is acpebed. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 478 School and Society (SeeSecondaryEducation.) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481,482,483 and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education Department Licensure Program and admission for Student Teaching) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (SeeSpecial Education.) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 lndependent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 lndependent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized reseamh projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the kindergarten-elementary faculty. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. It is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's mapr field adviser. Licensure Requirements of the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure Program: Baccalaureatedegree; academic mapr in an approved teaching area; EDS 265,354,388,478, methods course(s) in major area, EDS 481,482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching maprs); HPE 114,115; SWK 260; GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in all education courses, 2.5 in academic mapr and P in student teaching. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure &gram q u i d . Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses in student teaching and do %me student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art mapr will register for 361,362; the physical education mapr for 365; and the music mapr for 355. Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Foreign Language Department for information on the required competencyexams. Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. The Professional T e r n School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at student teaching seminars is required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship A work-based learningexperiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisordesign a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/ registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by register- ing with the Internship and Cooperative Education Ofke. 245 International Education An examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in internationaleducation. EDU 263 Critical Thinking Emphasis on development of the ability to analyze information, examine validity of claims and positions as well as articulate positions and reasoning. Interaction with content from a variety of academic disciplines. EDU 264 Urban Education In the 1990s This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments.Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigatesvarious aspeas of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prerq.:Sophomore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See SpecialEducation.) 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. EDU 341 Media Technology (1/2 course) (See Elementary Education.) 350 Reading in the Content Areas (1/2 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The developmentof music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (1/2 course each) Study and application of instructionalmethods, materials and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching maprs only. 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrentlywith 361.) 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literatureis included. (Prereq.:EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Health and Physical Education Department.) 366 370 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department) Classroom Management A class for Elementary and SecondaryEducation students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. EDU 371Teaching the Individual Learner A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching specla1education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282: Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. 374 Natural Science Methods (1/2 course) Course structures, goals and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. 375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategiesand curriculum development.Consult with the Education Department. 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (1/2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre and the directing of d c u l a r speech and theatre activities. 377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. EDU 388 Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communicationtechniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. 399 Internship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expeded. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. HPE 410 Health Methods (See Health and Physical Education Department, HPE 410: Admiistration and Supervision of the School Health Program.) 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Prereq.: Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483, or 484) 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and four courses required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478) 495 Topics Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 498 Independent Study (1I2 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). 499 Independent Study Opportunityfor advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. Phyllis Metcalf, Coordinator Minor: Minimum of six courses (282,491; PSY 351,357; one course chosen from HPE 354, MUS 110 or 395; PSY 362; EDS 385 or SWK 304); and one course chosen from PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 Introductionto Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes and educationalinterventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, l e g disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar.(Prereq.:completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Augsburg College has cooperative arrangementswith three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis,Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Becau~of the specla1requirements and opportunitiesof these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary.Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Stuart Anderson, Adviser University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineeringprograms: Bachelor of Amachelor of Engineering ( B A K E . ) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtslMaster of Engineering (BAJME.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota.This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is thesame as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The number of such courses varies by lT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participantsin the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a fiveyear period. The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also enmuraged to explore opportunities for graduate work at Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informationon these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. FinancialAid: Students receiving financial aid who are participants in these dual degree programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineeringschool of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. E Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226 or MAT 145,146,245,247; PHY 121,122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 or 145, 146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Studentsinterested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. Those who study Enghsh believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experiencelifeas others do and undentand better the world in which we live and work English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and socjology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With sciencerEnglish is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication,English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the campus. Enghsh majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second -ge (ESL ) studentsrtutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the Cooperative Education Program Students with an Augsburg Enghsh major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journalism, government, law, the minis try,library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty: Kathryn Swanson (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas Green,Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John Schmit Major:Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245;one Upper Division course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental Adviser regularly. A student with a double mapr or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the D e v e n t . Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language Arts Teaching Major:Ten courses, including those listed under the major, ENG 345,and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their mapr during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their junior year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the mapr. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the mapr and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chairperson by October 15in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). Minor: Five courses above ENG 111,including ENG 245, an Upper Division literaturecourse, and an additional writing course. Note: Transfer students must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg. Note on Concentration:In addition to meeting requirements for the rnapr, English maprs may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selection of electives in the mapr, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. The English Placement Test: A writing sample is q u i r e d of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructingparagraphs and sentences are required to enroll in Developmental Writing where they will receive more individual instruction than is possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing. Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 or consent of the instructor. 101 Developmental Writing A preparatory course for ENG 111:Effective Writing required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own observations, experiences and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing a-itical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developingtopics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. 216 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and fiction by selected Arnerican Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. 217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and i n m their fluency. Understanding spoken Akerican English, speaking,reading college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two cow&. Testing will determine in these courses, and testing, as well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing the courses, students will have fulfilled the foreign language distribution requirement. 223 225 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111) Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationshipbetween reading and writing. (Prereq.: 111) 226 Introductionto Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose. Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices and include an introductionto legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111) 241 lntroduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international develop ment of film form and selected esthetic movements such as the American Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage, Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. 245 lntroduction to Literature In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literatureaims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works by 10 to 12American authors focusing on themes that yield an understandingof the Western heritage and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of nature, definitionsof the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America. 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature -for example, the epics of Homer and Virgd, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's "Metamorphoses." Dante's "Inferno" will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rabelais, Molike, Voltaire and Ibsen. E Topics In Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed t have included in the ACTC Class schedule for that year. ~ e c &offer& ContemporaryPoetry and Women and Hction. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: 111,245;226 also recommended, or consent of instructor) Advanced Journallsm: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed first on interviewingand then on organizing and writing the i n t e ~ e w story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227) British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the develop ment of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (F'rereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th Century,emphasizingRomantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationshipto their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) Creative Non-Fiction Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasizethe conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for gathering information. l3y the end of the course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable quality. (Prereq.: 225 and consent of instructor) 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the ACTC Class Schedule. (Prereq.: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work Offered on demand.) 345 Introduction to the English Language This course is designed to give students a structuraland historical overview of theoreticaland social issues concerning the English language. It will include a summary of theories of language development and the impact of cultural, social,economic and geographic forces on language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary componentsof linguistics and to the development of the English language. F i i y , this course will consider the social impact of language as a marker of identity and membership in a speech community. ((kereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysisof some works of selected American writers from colonial tim& to WWI. We will study established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson and Twain along with some lesser known writers who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences will also be studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 351 American Literature since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American l i i . (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European and nonWestern, of the 20th Century. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship The Department offers oncampus Internships in teaching writing and ESL, and various off-campusInternships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairperson. 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th Century beginnings up to the 20th Century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributingto the rise of the novel and its emergence by the 20th Century as the dominant literary form. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 438 Shakespeare Study of 10 or 12 major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 482 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the A f f C Class Schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry,Women and Fiction and Literary Criticism. (Prereq.: 245 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a GPA of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson.Provides Independent Study in the area of the student's choice. The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student. The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminarsand FYE Interim Term Courses. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is required of all students who begm Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Studentswithout a P for FYE 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. 005 FYE Seminar A series of Fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College communityof learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources colleded in "The Augsburg Anthology." (P/N grading only; evaluationbased on attendance and participation.) The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for b c e in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the developmentof new cornrnunications skills to foster an abiding awarenessthat the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensablein the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literatu~,and culture courses in French, German,Norwegian, Ojibwe, Russian and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with A m , a consortiumof Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages. In thisway the study of linguisticsaffords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguingand central facets of the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable specla1qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of n teaching, translation, the diplomatic corps or fields such as f o ~ i g language international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing careersin many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry, psychology or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignmentsin their chosen field. [i Foreign Ianguages Faculty: Mary Kingsley (Chairperson), Nancy Aarwold, Ruth Aaskov, Rick Greczyk, Roxie Hale, Nelly Hewett, Gunta Rozentals, Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz, Ronald Walter Placement Levels: Students with previous foreign language study must register in courses suited to their level of preparation. Placement is according to the number of high school semesters one has studied that language: zero-two = 111;threefour = 112; fivesix = 211; seven = 212; eight = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson. Students should arrange to take the Language Placement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Students who elect to takea course below the one in which they are placed by the Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied only by completion of the course in which the student was originallyplaced. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Maprs must take four of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College and four abroad. Minors must take two of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisiteto all Upper Division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a m i n i of one Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0 average in Advanced Conversation and Composition is a Departmental requirement for teaching maprs. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chairperson for details. Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACI'C East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. Major Eight courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355, 351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: Four courses above 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in civilization and one in literature. Interim, summer or semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor:Five Upper Division courses beyond 212, including one in conversationcomposition,one in literature, one in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog. 011 Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Ondemand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through individualized background reading and class discussion, studentsbecome acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (Ondemand) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effectiveorganization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A pmquisite to other Upper Division courses. 312 French Expression A twepronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use.French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modem period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th Century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understandingof French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Ltterature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to a l l qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351,353 Survey of French Literature The study of mapr French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lebures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 355 Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the mapr French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 399 Internship Upper Division Internship. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand selfevaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Indepth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presenta- tions in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim offerings. Preq.: 311 or c o m t of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced lwel. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individualinterests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultations with French teachers required. Junior standing. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) GERMAN (GER) Major: Eight upper division courses, including 311; 411, one in civilization, and one in literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: Four Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, summer or semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: Eve courses beyond 212, including one in conversation<omposition, one in literature, one in civilization, and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Germany strongly recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German GER 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 is for students who have had 111 or equivalent or less than two years of high school German. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understandingand reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Cower Division internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporaryGerman life and literature. 244 German Lierature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed in terms of their relevance to perennial human problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) 299 Independent Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 German Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. 331 German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-EUIY)~~& origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the reemergence of cultural selfawareness during the Middle Ages and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Rereq.:311 or consent of 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and discussionsin Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in &rman. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism,Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technology and mass man. Readings in German. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussionsare designed to aid students' selfexpression in German.(Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 lndependent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developing and refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th Century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 lndependentStudy Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the A C E East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department.See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 289 Introduction to Llnguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general liiguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholiiguistics (inquiry into the mechan- ics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language).Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatory goals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines such as anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeks to overcome the inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. NORWEGIAN (NOR) Major: Eight courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: Four courses above 211, including one in conversation-composition,one in civilization, and one in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation:A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to &fferences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent) 331 Norweglan Civilization and Culture This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as much as possible), the domestic and foreign influences at work in the comparatively homogenous population of Norway will be examined. Written and oral reports in the Norwegian language will be required along with some field work (Preq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approachesto literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extending back to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined and considerableattention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg,both as part of the Foreign Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor. 111,112 Beginnlng Ojibwe Aimed to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Emphasis on spoken Ojibwe, but secondary goals with be to develop reading and writing skills as well. Courses taught with assistance of Ojibwe elders. Through dialogues, classroom practice, oral stories from elders and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of Ojibwe culture and tradition. It will help Ojibwe students re-connect with their rich tribal heritage (though all students are welcome). Beginning Ojibwe 112continues to develop basic vocabulary and grammar in order to use Ojibwe at an elementary speaking and understanding level. Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Soviet and East European StudiesProgram, which requires two years of language for the major. See Soviet and East European Studies Program Campus Coordinator. 111,112 Elementary Russian Aimed to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developing ease in reading, short compositions and acquaintancewith Russian culture.Extensive use of the language lab. 211,212 Intermediate Russian Continues developing the skills of writing, understanding and speaking with an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACT0 SPANISH(SPA) Major:Eight courses above 212,including 311,411,456 or 457, two of 352,353,354, and either 331 or 332 Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minor:Four courses above 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in civilization, and one in literature. Interim or summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: Five courses beyond 212,including one in conversationcomposition, one in literature, one in civilization and two electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended supporting courses: Linguistics, another language, preColumbian civilization, Latin-American Area Studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginnlng Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with two to four years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See Global Education, Program in Global Community.) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomorestanding preferred. (Ondemand) 261 Spanish Language (See Metro-Urban Studies, South American Urban Semester (SAUS) and Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correst expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.:212 or equivalent) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to i m p v e oral and written e x ~ s i o with n emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (Ondemand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic move ments. In Spanish. (Prereq.:311 or consent of instructor) I 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the precolumbian avilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor.) 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzingand discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for maprs and minors. Open to all qualifed students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. @rereg.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: one survey course) 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstandingnovelists of the 19th and 20th Century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Rereq.:One survey course) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. GENEIRAL STUDIES (GST) Some courseshelp to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include speciakd academic enrichment programs, an integrative p m s m h a r created by cooperating faculty and offerings of the Center for Global Education. General Studies Faculty:Joel Mugge, Donald Warren 009 Cooperative Education Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff.No course credit. 140,141 Introductionto the Liberal Arts (1/2 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning and making decisions. 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community.) The Center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, facilitates crossculturallearning experienceswhich prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the p p e d i v e s of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center for Global Education offersa Spring semester program, the Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an academic program that explores the history of political change, issues of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Studentslive together as a communityin the Augsburg Study Center, but wiU also live with Mexican familiesin their homes for several weeks. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Coursesare offered for credit in the disciplinesas listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. macement level determined by Program Director.) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of minicourses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each minicourse consists of 12 hours. Any four minicourses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar providing opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. HIS 347 Mexico: An Historical Perspective Four specific minicourses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (Either this course or GST 230 required.) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: one course in religion or theology) The Center for Global Education offers a semester program, Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America, each fall in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousnessand increase their ability to work together to change their situations.SocialPolicy and Human !%mice in Latin America is a three and one-half month study program designed to introduceparticipants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and serviceand their contribution to the process of socialchange. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the empowerment of individualsand groups to control their own lives. The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg College. Courses are o f f e d for d t in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) POL 295 Development Issues: Latin America A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and development, economic change and international trade, diminishing resources, war and revolution, peace and justice, cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global~Fspective which recokizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal government services and private initiatives.Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to w i a l work in several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze the current response to human needs in Latin America. SWK 399 Internship A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. Thae are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to Social Work maprs. One and onehalf years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement. EDE IEDS 412 Latin American Models of Education A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Studentswill apply their knowledge of educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical thinking, consciousness-raisingand cooperative problem-solvingExploring the transferabilityof these learning models to North America will be a focus throughout the course. SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work - Upper Division or Sociology - lower division) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. (Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5Independent Study to supplement the North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on the Augsburg campus.) The Center for Global Education offers a second Fall semester program Women and Development Latin American Perspectives -in Cuemavaca, Maico. It is a three and onehalf month intensive program of study and travel designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Latin America with emphasis on the experience of women. The program explores gender roles in Latin America; women's roles in development; connections that Latin American women are drawing between gender, race, class, and global economics; and the ways in which liberation theology and feminism interface. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full tuition, room and board at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for five weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency lwels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) INS 311 The Development Process An integrative seminar pmviding opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices, as well as social change strategies will be examined. POL 359 Toplcs: Women In Comparative Politics -Women In Latin America An examination of critical global issues affeding Latin America, and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and internationaltrade, political ideologies and revolution. REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women and religious institutions. (Prereq.:one course in religion or theology) POL 495 Seminar Any three mini-courseoffered in POL 359 plus an independent study minicourse in order to do substantial research into one of the course themes. Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the N e d athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilitiesfor developmental and recreational activities. Department graduateshave traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunitiesare possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson), Brian Ammann, Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack Osberg, JoycePfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad, Pam Schreurs,Jeff Swenson. Major: 110,114,115,320,354,410;BIO 103,108,111;CHM 105 or 109;PSY 105;SOC 231 or HPE 216,336. Teaching Major: Same as Health Education major plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320or 410;â¬310103;SOC 231 or HPE 216. Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individualand the community. Health and Safety Education (It2 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes informationabout xhool health programs and prevalent health needs, problems of school age children and American Red Cross Erst Aid course. Health and Chemical Dependency Education (It2 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about xhool health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career alternatives.Studentsshould consult with the departmentalInternship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.:All courses in the major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series and consent of instructor) Introduction to DevelopmentaltAdapted Physical Education (112 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Prereq.: HPE 243) Tests and Measurement (112 course) S m e y of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. lnternship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materi- als in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community.(Prereq.: 320.Odd number years) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,471,472,474,475;BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355;223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471, 472,474,475;BIO 103.Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department Chairperson for individualprogram planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243.There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 103), 475 (Prereq.: 350), a coaching theory course from 476483,and pradicum in coaching (499is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Coaches entering their first assignment as head coach in Minnesota high schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota teacher's license. 002,003 Lifetime Sports Three hours per week Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit 101 199 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal health and fitness. Internship A workbased learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career altematives. Studentsshould consult with the departmentalIntanship Coordiitor regarding requirements and permission to register. I 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiatingteam sports. 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiatingindividual and dual sports. 232 Recreational Activities and Rhythms (1/2 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. 243 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 350 Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.:BIO 103) 35t Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103) 354 Introduction to DevelopmentaVAdaptive Physical Education (1 /2course) (SeeHealth Education.) 355 Tests and Measurement (SeeHealth Education.) 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. 471 Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decisionmaking for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.:243) 472 474 Gymnastics (1/2 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics.Opporhmityto teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. Swimming and Aquatics (1/2 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: swimming competenceas determined by pretest.) 475 476 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (1/2 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.:350. Even numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Football (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd numbered years) 477 Coaching of Basketball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching basketball. (Odd numbered years) 478 Coaching of Hockey (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.(Odd numbered years) 479 Coaching of Track and Field (112 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching track and field. (Odd numbered years) 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball(1/2course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coachingbaseball and softball. (Odd numbered years) 483 Coaching of Volleyball (1/2 course) Theory,technique and administrativeaspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd numbered years) 499 Independent Study D i e d intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. ~ R DEPARTMEW Y (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalistJ.R Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institu- tion can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past It is thememory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeablywith the continuitiesand changes in m m n t issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developingconcepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingy, history has long held a mapr role in the liberal arts.This is true at Augsburg. The Department has strength in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementaryand secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty: Richard Nelson (Chairperson), Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be Upper Division. A mapr must have at least one course (either survey or Upper Level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a History mapr in combination with specified social science courses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: Eve courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. Distribution/general education credit is normally given only for courses 101-104. 200 level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course. The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th Century. The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern Non-Western World An introdudion to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship Lower Division Internship. U.S. History to 1877 A survey of U.S. history from Jarnestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation torn apart by the Civil War. U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. A Tale of Twin Cities: MinneapolisISt. Paul A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiencesand contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines and the state of Hawaii. Includes a p s d i u a l perspective, gender and class issues, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. Directed Study An opportunityfor a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the direding faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. Modern Southeast Asia A study of the mapr historical events, personalities and political develop ments in this area. A comparative analysis of the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. Modern Chlna A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839.The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th Century. Modern Japan An examination of the emergence of Japan as a mapr world power in the 20th Century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive fea-s of the PreMeiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. American Indian History: PreColombian to Modern (See under INS, American Indian Studies.) Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history (excludingforeign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. The American Century: The U.S. Since 1900 The interaction of popular ideas and formal thought within United States society during a time of national ascendency and worldwide crisis and unrest. Topics considered include American nationalistic exceptionalism, social Darwinism, refonnism, racism, radicalism, liberalism, conservatism and other ideologies and movements. The American City A study of the development of urban centers in the United States: their colonial and frontier roots, their growth during the age of industrialization and immigration, and their adjustment to new realities in the late 20th Century. Topics for study include the dynamics of urban growth, politics and reform, urban planning, the growth of urban culture in America and shifting definitions of community in U.S. cities and suburbs. Mexico: An Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community.) The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks.Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and political institutions. 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 AD. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences, and Rome's contributionsin law and the political process. 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastictradition and the role of the church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. 399 Internship in History A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper Division students mapring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings.The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. 474 The World and The West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th Century. 495 Seminar Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admission by permission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year. 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major. The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experiencethe ways in which different academic disciplines appmch similar questions and issues and to participate in interdisciplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, create your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study and then by taking courses in various departmentsrelating to that theme. The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiirson),John Benson and Richard Nelson Major: Nine courses, five of which must be Upper Division. Courses must be selected from at least four of these seven departments -Art, English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion, and Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. No more than three courses from any one department can be used to satisfy the requirement. Note: Each student taking a Humanities major will focus on some particular theme or Six of the nine perspective which will constitute the core of the major .pcourses must be taken in this core. The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the core can be chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the student in consultationwith an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook A student may not list a double major in Humanities and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution of courses selected in the Humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 499 Independent Studies Individual study and research on some interdisciplinaryhumanities topic, worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. &CAN INDIAN Smm, ETHNICS m m & W O ~S m Sm InterdisciplinaryStudies covers a broad spectrum of experienceand coursework. Through Interdisciplinarycourses, students gain greater insight and understandingof cultures and perspechves different from their own. Through these experiences studentsare better prepared to become contributing members of the global community. For other Interdisciplinarycourse listings, see Global Education Programs and Metro-Urban Studies. Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Minority Studies requirements under the general distributionrequirements.Consult the General Education list for courses which fulfillthe specihc Perspectives. Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to minor in American Indian Studies or Women's Studies. The American Indian Studies program offers courses that encompass the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered m two begnning courses in Ojlbwe (Chippewa),the original language of one of Minnesota's native people. Mildred Mueller, Coordinator Minor:Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course. Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. INS 105 Introduction to American lndian Studies An introduction to the content areas of American Indian Studies, including an overview of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, crosscultural influences, art, music and language. Required for American Indian Studies minor. OJB 111, OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa) Indians including vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. The second course continues vocabulary, reading, writing, oral skills and culture, with increased emphasis on comprehension.This course is crosslisted with the Foreign Language Department. ENG 216American lndian Literature: Traditional and Modern Comparative studies of tribal oral traditions, early writings and modem literature written by or about American Indians. Problems of translation, interpretation and exploitationwill be examined. Modern novelists, poets and historians will be included. This course is cross-listed with the English Department. HIS 223 American lndian History: Pre-Columbian to Modern The government, tribal structures, philosophy, agricultureand commerce among the native people of North America are explored from p r e Columbian eras through European exploration and settlement. American Indian contributionsto world economics, agriculture, government, architecture, art and philosophy are included, as are wars, treaties, relocations and inter-governmentalrelations. This course is cross-listed with the History Department. INS 260 Contemporary American Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934)with an emphasis on current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/ cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture An overview of the visual arts of the American Indians within the United States with some attention to Canada, Central and South America. In addition to the visual arts of the Eastern Woodland, Plains, Pacific and Southwest Indians, some content will include drama, dance, poetry, mythology, rituals and religion. Students will produce art work such as weaving, baskets, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. This course is cross-listed with the Art Department. INS 320 American lndian Women This course focuseson the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of native North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time as well as changes in these roles as a result of the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women of the past and present and assesses the contributions made by women to Indian community life today. (Rereq.:one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor) This course is applicable to Women's Studies also. REL 370 American lndian Spirituality and PhilosophicalThought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Within these broad areas,the subjects of medicine, healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual power are also included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. Also approved as an elective: INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See under Women's Studies.) 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism.This course is cross-listed with the Religion Department. 232 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an overview of the mapr issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economics and politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. Women's Studies values the experiencesand perspectives of women by placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's contributionsin life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing misconceptions and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership. Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future learning. mi no^: Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives, one of which must be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. INS 199 Internship in Women's Studies INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course is designed to raise awareness of women's status and women's diversity; to critically examine disciplines and social practices through the lens of feminist theory; to recover past achievements of women and survey the work that women now do; to expand perspectives; and to provide a basis for critical evaluation of future learning. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionaryand historical origins of women's roles a i d status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navap, 0jib;e and Iroquois; African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups; the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and China. INS 265 Women in American Culture Through discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives (See Global Education Programs.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies.) INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. INS 499 Independent Study In consultationwith a faculty member and with the approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar. See department listings for descriptionsof the following approved electives from other departments: ART352 Women and Art ENG 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century WL421 Topics in American Politics POL459 Topics in Comparative Politics PSY 371 Psychology of Gender REL441 Feminism and Christianity International Relations is an interdisciplinarymajor which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or a semester. Competency in one language is required and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studieswith considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia and others. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the InternationalRelations major. Norma Noonan, Director Major: 13courses. (1) Seven required courses: ECO 112or 113, HIS 103or 104, POL 158or 160; two of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of college work in a modem foreign language. (2) Six of the following electives (not more than three from any one disciplinemay be counted toward the mapr): ECO 360,495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 350,351,381,382,455,459; Rn 356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the approval of the Program Direstor; fourth tern or higher of college work in a second language. Minor:Seven courses and one year of foreign language. Required: ECO 112or 113, E3IS 103or 104, and POL 158or 160. One course of HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of foreign language. Any three courses from the list of approved electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department could count toward the minor. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13required courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and disciplinaryconcentrations possible within the mapr, for example, a concentration on a geographic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. At least since b t e s , scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understandingabstrad concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally educated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. 1 Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization and the development of compute& has also influenced modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasingnumber of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this Department are prepared for graduate school, work in industry or service professions, with opportunities to focus on either the theoretical or the applied areas of their vocations. In fad, the Department offers a concentration in applied mathematics as well as the more traditional major. Internshipand Cooperative Education options help studentstake advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technicaUy+riented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of m s . MathematidComputer Science Faculty: Larry Ragland (Chairperson), Larry Copes, LarryCrockett, Suzanne Dor&, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Noel Petit, Beverly Stratton, Stephen Zhang Mathematics Major: Nine courses in mathematics including MAT 145,146,245, 246,324 and three electives from MAT courses above 210, at most one of which is at the 200 level; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270. At least two of the Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. For teaching licensure, the three electives must be 351,373, and 441. Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the Education Department for other require ments. Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics: Nine courses including MAT 145,146,245,246,324 and three electives from MAT 327,328,355, 373,374, and approved topics courses (MAT 481). Also required: CSC 170 or CSC 270, PHY 121,122; participation in departmental colloquium (MAT 491) during junior and senior years. A minimum of two Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor: Five courses, including 145,146,245, and 246 or 247, and one elective from MAT courses above 300. For a teaching minor the additional course must be selected from MAT 314,328,351,373,441. Prerequisites/PlacementExam -Before enrolling in any mathematics course the student must have placed appropriatelyon the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college or who have passed the College Board Advanced Place ment Exam. These students and those who place into Group V should consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take. 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals and evaluation of algebraic expressions.Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Test. (kereq.:Placement Group I. P/N grading only) 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: 103or Placement Group 11. P/N grading only) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 145. Students who have completed 124 or 145 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of finite mathematics (combinatorics,probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory) of primary interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Students who have competed MAT 171 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 or 145may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. ) 124,125,224 Calculus I, ll, Ill Differential and integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily for students in mathematics or the sciences. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; 124for 125; 125 for 224) 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group IID 145,146 AUGMENT Mathemetics I and II The Augsburg Mathematics Enrichment Program provides exploration of mathematical ideas. Attention will be paid to historical and philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as: limit, continuity, derivative, antiderivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability geometry, topology, dfnarnical systems, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 145; 145 for 146) 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathematics such as sets and logic, combinatorics, probabfity, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 121 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. (Prereq.: Placement Group IV) 211 Number Theory An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 215 Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations and matrices. (Prereq.: 224) 226 Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutionsby special integral transforms; systems of differentialequations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224) 245,246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I & II Topics introduced in 1 6 1 4 6 are further applied, generalized and abstracted. Emphasis is on mathematical structures, logical reasoning and proof formats. Additional topics include: multiple variable calculus, vectors and vector spaces and linear transformations. (Prereq.: 146 for 245; 245 for 246) 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics Designed primarily for applied mathematics, preengineering and physical science majors, this course includes additional topics from vector calculus, differentialequations, complex functions and linear algebra. (Prereq.: 245) 299 Directed Study Independent Stuclyfor Lower Division credit. (Pmq.: Consent of imtmctor) Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Rereq.: 215 or 246) Analysis An introductionto the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous study of mapr concepts used in the calculus and their applicationto more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224,246 or 247) Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See PHY 327) Complex Variables An introductionto complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation and integration, series, analytic functions, conformal mappings and applications. (Rereq.: 224,246 or 247) Modern Geometry A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: 215 or 246) Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procedur&riented programming language in numerical analysis. Topics include the general concept of iterative formulae, solution of equations, Newton's method, linear systems, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration. (Prereq.: 224 or 245; CSC 170) Probability and Statistics I A study of the structure of modem probability, enumeration techniques, special discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, Chebyshds inequality, the central limit theorem. (kereq.: 224 or 245) Probability and Statistics II A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions and methods of estimation: point estimation, interval estimation; hypothesis testing, regression and analysis of variance, nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: 373 or equivalent) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship Supervisor. Foundationsof Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of number systems. (Prereq.: completion of or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, pmbability, statistics or computer science. (Prereq.: 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor.) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developmentsin the field and about interestingideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. Sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. Introductory Courses: 170,210, MAT 171 and MAT 124 or 145 Core Courses: 320,330,345,450 Computer Science B.A. Major: 11 courses including the four introductory courses, the four core courses and three electives. The electives must be selected from MAT 355, MAT 373 and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two electives must be selected from 270 or 271,340,352, and 445. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Computer Science B.S. Major: 16 courses including the four introductory courses; the four core courses; 270 or 271,340,352,445, MAT 125 or MAT 146, MAT 224 or MAT 245, MAT 215 or MAT 246, and one elective selected from MAT 355, MAT 373, and Computer Science courses above 260. At least two of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Participation in the departmental colloquium (CSC 491) is required for all junior and senior majors. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Computer Science Minor: Six courses including the four introductory courses and any two of the four core courses. 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward either a computer science major or minor. Structured Programming An introductionto computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for further studies in computer science. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 121or MAT 122or BUS 279 or Math Placement Group IV) Data Structures Data structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq.: 170. Coreq.: MAT 121or MAT 171) Electronics (See PHY 261.) FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) COBOL Study of COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124or MAT 14.5) Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, computability and computational complexity. Topics include Turing machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: 210 and MAT 124 or MAT 145) Digital Communicationsand Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and securityand general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: 210) Principles of Computer Organization An introductionto computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: 210) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organiza- tion and security, includingthe development of an elementary database system. (Prereq.: 210) 399 Internship A combined effort of student, faculty and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Computer Science Internship Supervisor. 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. mereq.: 345) 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, BNF,parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: 210) 491 MathematicsIComputer Science Colloquium (See MAT 491.) 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. METRDUANSTUDIES (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a tramdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Uhan Studiesprogram seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The M-Urban Studiesmapr and minor a~ designed to provide underpduate pqaration forpostgraduate studiesin planning,&kchmI law, public .. admmstmtion, environmental studies, social government, community organkition and theology. 7he program and collegewideurban mpkment introduce studentsto the wide e e t y of developing mdated to urt.>an and metropolitan affairs,equipping studentswith the analytical and theoreticaltmls n q m e d to understand the metropolitancommunity. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA)and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program Metro-Urban Studies Faculty:Garry W. Hesser (Director, SOO, Andrew Aoki (POL), Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY) Major: 13 courses including POL 122 and 421; PSY 356; SOC 211 and 381; an approved Urban History course; SOC 362 or ECO 279; SOC 363 or POL 484;an Internship (399);and any four approved urban-related c o w . HECUA offcampus programs are highly recommended, especiallythe MUST Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Micrc-Economics. Minor: Three lower level Urban Studies courses, two of which must be POL 122 and SOC 211; and two upper division courses from the following:POL 421; PSY 356; SOC 381 or Internship (399), with the Internship highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the Director of the Program. 199 lnternship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty.memberand site supervisor design a learning apmnent which enables the student to exploremetro-urban studies as a mapr and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regardjig requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Wee. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211) 399 lnternship A work-based learning experiencein which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of metmurban studies with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the terrn/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. b - 498 lndependent Study Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. ledures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.:POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) 499 lndependent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor) URBAN STUDIES~ O N THROUGH S HEWA Augsburg co-foundedand plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortiumfor Urban Affairs (HECUAIIa consortiumof 17 colleges and universities.Augsburg's Metro-Urbandirector served as its president from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg studentshave access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional qualityI located in ScandinaviaISouth AmericaI Central America and the Twin Cities. This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinary readings conned experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competingtheories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined and assessed in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challengeit. 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing-views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. 399 Internships (2 credits) Internshipsplace students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments and writing to meet the objectives of the internship. n. SGWDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM(SUST) This interdisciphary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 Norwegian Language Intensivelanguage instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. 377 Scandinavia in the World Global perspedives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, EastWest relations, European security, trade and the Thii World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives. 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformationsfrom rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinavian capitals for a comparative perspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the appropriatehome college faculty adviser. III.SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMEER (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in either Quito, Ecuador, or Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and developmentin the Third World. 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin America. 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implicationsfor social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies'and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and applied to Latin America. 363 Wealth, Poverty and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in bamo communities and site visits to public and private agenciesdealing with urban problems. 499 Independent Study Studentswith advanced Spanish a= required to prepare an Independent Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required, supervision by a professional at a local college or research institution or by SAUS faculty. N.CITY ARE This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich sources for the program. 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and community organizers for understanding the difkrencesbetween formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events. 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. 399 Internships (2 Credits) Internshipsinvolve participation in an ongoing project with an individual artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences. A Spring semester interdisciplinaryprogram that examines relationships among literature, ideology and society and how these shape perceptions of socialrealities. 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectiveson Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate s d &ties and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manikted in major artistic periods. 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America. 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependencia and Marxism. 499 Independent Study All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and others appropriate for Spanish language credit. (See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies (INS)).In the ACTC Class Schedule, Minority Studies courses are listed under Ethnic Studies. Music has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying dimension to our lives. As a college of the church, Augsburg celebrates the study of music as one of the @Is of God. Music in the Christian liberal arts setting reflects Augsburg's mission of educating the whole person. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Studentsmay choose from among four maprs in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science-Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunitiesas professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts mapr as an excellent preparation for satisfymgand effective service in many occupational areas. I 1 Music Faculty: Thomas Rossin (Chairperson), Trudi Anderson, Laine Bryce, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Andy Heglund, Mary Homzaniecki, Kenneth Huber, Robert Karlkn, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz,Cynthia Lohman, Steven Lund, Charles McDonald, Roberta Metzler, Celeste (YBrien, Gordon W. Olson, Lila Olson, Sandra Powers, Nicholas Raths, Robert Stacke, George Stahl, Angela Wyatt Music Coordinato~Mary Ella Pratte Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (LevelI1 repertoire) in their mapr performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarshipmust have the recommendation of their ensemble director or private lesson instructor. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, s u b j j to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of MUS 101 or 102. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the sixth term of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses are necessary for the education licensure program. All other music major and minor candidates must apply, by petition, to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, followingapplication, during summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration, or during the first week of the school year. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Core Curriculum (requiredof all majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311, 312,341,342 or 344; eight quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance Studies and recital quirements as given under each specific degree and major. (See Applied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major: Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Requirements: 13course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; Performance Studies -six quarter courses and two half courses in the major instrument or voice, two quarter courses in the minor jnstrument or voice and a half senior recital (Music 458); keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire tests.Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Requirements for the Music Minor: Six course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344;four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses in Performance Studies.Music minors must pass one Music Repertoire test. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementarythrough the secondary levels. Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies -two quarter courses, four half courses, two full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital (MUS 358) and a full senior recital (MUS 459); improvisation compe tency on mapr instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2 5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Vocal emphasis -MUS 251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis -MUS 151,155, and one course credit of music elective Other requirements:10 and onehalf course credits: HPE 114,115; PSY 105; EDS 265,354,355,356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the Education Department, Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser. Music Performance Major: Designed for students who display advanced compe tence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202,212; Performance Studies-two quarter courses and six full courses in the mapr instrument or voice; two quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358,459; keyboard proficiencytest, passing three Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulativeGPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Vocal Emphasie MUS 251,252,253,254,435, one course of music elective, two courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements. Piano or Organ Emphasis- 301,302,436,456, one-half course credit of music elective. Instrumental Emphasis MUS 301,302, one and onehalf course credits of music electives. Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major: Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 18course credits: Core curriculum plus one course credit of music elective; two of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance Studies -six quarter courses in the mapr instrument or voice, two quarter COW in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing three Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course. Other require ments: EDS 282,356,357,358; PSY105,362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles (MUD: One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of mapr ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music maprs and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies for credit:Four synergistic elements are required -lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, performance workshop, and listening attendance at concerts, recitals and performance workshops). Areas of Concentrations The music mapr/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Education students, necessitates additional lessons, jury examination and performance. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit -one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per week One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per week One course credit -two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in PerformanceStudies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, and additional performances as required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to attend eight designated music events during each semester. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, mapr ensemble concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in Performance Studies. Music maprs must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests.) Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance Major recitals. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists. Departmental Sponsorship Recitals required for the fulfillment of the BM., BA., or B.S. degree requixements or Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals may be departmentally sponsored. Duration and Repertoire Level All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in the College Catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the Music Department. 1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will be at repertoire Level 111for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level IV for Music Performance majors. 2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music Performance majors. 3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111. Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.) Many music courxs are offered in alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or the Music Department for course offeringsin each term. Theory 101 Materials of Music 1 (112 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. 102 Materials of Music 11 (112 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. Aural Skills 1 (1/2 course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in or completion of 101) Aural Skills 11 (1/2 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102) Materials of Music 111 (1/2 course) Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102) Form and Analysis (1/2 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th Century practice. (Prereq.: 201) Aural Skills 111 (1/2 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112and concurrent registration in or completion of 201) Aural Skills IV (1/2 course) Further developmentof listening skills to parallel progress in 202. (Prereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202) Counterpoint 1 (1/2 course) 16th through 18th Century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: 201,211) Counterpoint 11 (1/2 course) Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Soenberg, Bartok, Hidemith, Stravinskyand Carter. (Prereq.: 301) Composition 1 (1/2 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound,ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. Composition 11 (1/2 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instmental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporarytechniques, atonal systems and larger forms are studied and used. Basic Conductlng (1/2 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. Choral Conducting (1/2 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. 344 InstrumentalConducting (112 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conductingtechniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. History and Literature 130 Introductionto Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. 230 Electronics in Music Ekploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th Century music. The study and application of practical eledronictechnology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.:112, 201) 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.:112,201) 330 Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. The following four half courses a~ extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.:231,232) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (1/2 course) 332 Music of the Classical Period (1/2 course) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112 course) 334 Music of the 20th Century (112 course) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemp* rary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. 435 Voice Repertoire (1I2 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th Century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232) 436 Piano Repertoire (112 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th Century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.:231,232) 498 lndependent Study (1/2 course ) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. 499 lndependent Study Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151,152 Voice Methods (114 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155,156 Piano Methods (1I4 course) Basic keyboard familiarity,simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. (Prereq.: MUS 101) 157,158 Guitar Methods (114 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (114 course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students rqjstered for vocal instruction. The following three quarter courses are continuations of 251 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (1I4 course) (Prereq.:251) 253 German Diction (114 course) (Prereq.:251) 254 French Diction (114 course) (Prereq.: 251) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level III for Music Education Majors; full recital at Level IV for Music Performance majors. No course credit. 456 Piano Pedagogy (1/2 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: consent of instructor.) 458 Senior Recftal Half recital by BA. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course d t . 459 Senior Recital (1 12course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee.Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and Level V for Music Performance maprs. Therapy 110 Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores consideringmusic therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applicationsof recreational music activities to cliical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and developmentof an experimental research project. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussionsof theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (114 course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prenq.:three of 274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (112 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) These musical organizationsexist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrange ment with the ensenibledirector. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includesInterim. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the major, minor or distribution/general education requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 Chapel Choir (Y4 course) 114 Advent Vespers Choir (0) 121 Orchestra (Y4 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (Y4 course) 142 Brass Ensemble (0) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. AU lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations:No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor -Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors -Enter I and attain III; B.M. Education Major -Enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -Enter 11 and attain V. l l x Voice 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone,Baritone, Tuba 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, 15x Piano Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe,Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute Recorder, Horn 4 16x Guitar Percussion 18x Organ 19x Harp Note carefully the following provisions: 1.Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes. 2. Senior music maprs who have attained a cumulative GPA average of 3.0 in their mapr instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that mapr medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarships are available to entering freshmen. 3. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 4. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 5. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors,the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Arlin Gyberg, Coordinator Licensure Program for Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science (minor), grades 7-12 Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12 Chemistry (minor),grades 7-12 Physics (minor), grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grades 5 9 Broad Base Requirement: Seven courses: two in Earth Science (Astronomy or Meteorology, Geology), two in General Biology, three in Physical Science (Physics for the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and two courses of General Chemistry). Biology Major (For licensure in L ife Science):The Broad Base requirement plus eight courses: seven BIO courses, including 491 and at least one from each of the following p u p s : 0351 (Invertebrate Zoology) or 353 (Comparative Vertebrate Zoology), (ID 355 (Genetics) or 474 (DevelopmentalBiology), (III)361 (Plant Biology) or 481 (Ecology), (W) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V) 440 (Plant Physiology)or 476 (Microbiology),and one course in Organic Chemistry. Chemistry Major (For licensure in Physical Science):The graduation major in Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (GeneralChemistry) (or 105,106), 351,352 (Organic Chemistry), 353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (PhysicalChemistry), 363 (PhysicalChemistry Laboratory), one Advanced Chemistry course, and Chemistry Seminar.In addition, a year of General Physics and two additional physics courses above General Physics. Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended. Physics Major (For licensure in Physical Science): The graduation major in Physics: PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (ModernPhysics), 351 (MechanicsI), 362 (Electromagnetic F'ields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and three additional courses to be selected from 261 (Electronics),352 (MechanicsII), 363 (Electromagnetic Fields 11), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (Quantum Physics II). In addition, a year of General Chemistry and one course each of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry. Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus seven courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistry minor-and an additional Upper Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus one additional course above PHY 122. Science (For Middle School Licensure -grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirement and an additional seven Natural Science courses, two in Earth Science (Meteorology and Mineralogy or equivalent), two Biology courses above General Biology, and three in Physical Science, at least one each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a college major. Professional nursing is a scholarly discipline that offers a unique service to individuals, families and communities as they pursue goals to promote, maintain or restore their health. This service, as defined by the profession, is the diagnosis and treatment of human responses to actual or potential health problems. The xope of professional nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work not only in hospitals and clinics but in corporations, government agencies, communities and their own independent practices; they are direct care-givers, researchers, teachers, leaders, managers, administrators and consultants. The expanding practice of professional nursing mpkes practitioners who are liberally educated in the humanities, in the natural and social sciences and in nursing theory and methodology, and who are critical thinkers and ethical decision-makers.The nursing major, informed by study in the liberal artstradition and nursing theory, process, and research, prepares registered nurses for professional practice based on knowledge, reasoned inquiry and professional values. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse registration in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for School Nurse certification. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 25; a w e n t license to practice as a registered nurse in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganic chemistry, organic or biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution/general education requirements as well as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must be taken using the traditional grading system and must have been completed at the 2.0 level or above. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be repeated or challenged satisfactorily. In addition, applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course, or an acceptableequivalent All students are required to take the NLN Baccalaureate Comprehensive Examination during the last semester of their senior year. Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Marian Enos, Sharon Ostwald, Pamela Weiss-Faman, Teri Welcher Major: 10 courses in Nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403, 404,423, 427; an approved Upper Division science course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required science and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the Level I and Level I1 courses of study are required. Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring additional weekday time. The courses are designed so that the mapr may be completed within three years. However, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of d t s transferred from other colleges or universities.Studentsin nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the Nursing mapr should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; applicationto the Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication This is a transitional course that introduces the componentsof the pro& sional role and begins the professional wcialkation process. The communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their applicabilityto changing professional ro1'es and practice. A teaching project is required. (Rereq. or current enrollment: an a p proved Upper Division science class) 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development is provided in this course. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic health assessment is required. (kereq.:305) 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuseson community health delivery systems and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community. Ethical issues related to community health decision-making with aggre gate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330) Community Health Nursing II: Practicum* This course provides a clinical experiencein the practice of public health nursing in which the student provides direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific community system and the community's provision of health related s e ~ c e s(Prereq.: . 310) Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment) Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and the methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330) Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing of culturally diverse families throughout the life span. Content includes family as a social system and explores theories related to family structure and functioning as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 350. To be taken prior to or concurrentlywith 423.) Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq.:403) Practicum In Nursing I: Nursing of the Family* This is a clinical practicum offering the student an opportunityto apply content from 403 in providing nursing care to complex families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment) Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management* This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 404) Topics in Nursing This course is designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the students and faculty. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand) 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the pracficums in nursing me not taken concurrently with their respectice theory courses, students me required to consult zvithfaculty prior to registration regarding reztiezv of the theoretical content. The Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals am to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sipficance and meaning of the world they experience and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong, the world and God.Ekpmng with two Somatic principles: "The unexamined life is not worth living" and l'Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment Four courses in the history of philosophy -begmmng with the ancient Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present -form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize great texts of Western civilization. In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminarsin special topics. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such as law, medicine or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. I Philosophy Faculty: Bruce Reichenbach (Chaiierson), David Apolloni, Kenneth Bailey, Mark Fuehrer, Paul Holmer Major: Nine courses, including 230,241,242,343,344, and a course in the 400s (other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty.Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor: Five courses including two from 241,242,343, and 344. I 110 Introduction to Philosophy Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunityto examine critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 120 Ethics Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping studentsto consider the basis which they use to make moral judgments. The course explores the rnapr philosophical approachesto evaluating moral actions and then applies these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issues. This enables students to be aware of the nature of value disputes, the different perspectives taken and the reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking 120 may not take 125. 125 Ethics and Human Identity This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assessing the role of reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then deciding on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship and human loves is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of human happiness. Students taking 125 may not take 120. 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism, in order to familiarizethe student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy. 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesisof elements of Christian revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by St. Anselm, St. Bonaventure, Occam, St. Thomas Aquinas, Hildegard and Nicholas of Cusa in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructinga Christian philosophy. Sincethe Renaissance intensified the medieval synthesis, students willbe exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 343 Historyof Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy Does knowledge begin with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get beyond our own concepts to know the world itself! What is an idealistic view of the world? This course studies the mapr rationalists of the 17th Century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz), the mapr empiricists of the 18th Century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy and 19th Century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzxhe). (Suggestedprior course, 241 or 242) 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy What lies behind 20th Century philosophys love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 241,242 or 343) 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Are miracles possible? Are we really immortal? We will conduct a systematicinquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion 350) 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianismand Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy) 360 Political Philosophy By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquityup to the modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions concerning the organization of human society.The relation of the nature of the state to religion, the home and the aty will be looked at through the eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores whether scientists' knowledge of the world is profoundly different from and better than that of the nonscientist, what constitutes scientific knowledge and the degree of certainty yielded by the methods used by scientists to attain knowledge. In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 230 or one course in natural science) 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested:one prior course in philosophy) 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem or interdisciplinaryproblems. S e m iformat. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggestedprior courses: any from 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor) 430 Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: 241,242,343 or consent of instructor) 499 Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. See Health and Physical Education Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinatingand expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributesto society's understandingof such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing M e n g e , the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmentalscience, engineering and medical and health related fields. In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportiverole for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineeringprogram with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelois and the advanced degree levels. The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, fundedby NASA. Cooperative Education, Internship and Undergraduate Research programs provide opportunitiesfor students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, govemmental and academic settings. Studentsmay participate in alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or moR academic terms. Internship opportunitiesalone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comp~hension. Physics Faculty Kenneth Erickson (Chairperson),Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, JeffreyJohnson, Robert Stenstrom,William Momma. Physics Research Staff: Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, Miriam Peterson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. BA. Major:Nine courses, including 121,122,245,351,362,363,395 and 3% (onehalf course each), plus two courses above 122. B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (one-half course each), and 486, plus two courses above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. B.S. Major with Concentrationin Space Physics: 13courses, including 121,122, 245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 3% (one-half course each). 420 and 486, plus one course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124or 145, 125or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and 226 or 247 during the sophomoreyear. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the Education Department section of the Catalog and consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3 5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: Five courses, including 121,122, and three courses above 122. Society of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 101 Astronomy A descriptivecourse covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instnunents are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a threeinch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 103 Conceptual Physics An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive a p proach to physics and is designed to serve students in biology and education. (ll-me onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111) 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere.The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for kderstanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of the earth and to the many varied aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tomadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts, cyclones and optical phenomena of the sky. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/generaleducation requirement for the liberal arts student. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th Century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Three onehour lectures, two-hour laboratory. Praeq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for Physics majors, Pre-Engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. ('Tluee one-hour lectures, %hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or 145, or concurrent registration) 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore physics as a major and consider its career alternatives. Participationin a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement siteby registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from an historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. F'rereq.: 122) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122or 125 or 146) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 320 Introductionto Space Science A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and a m r a . (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245) 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics An introduction to mathematical physics at an intermediate level, with emphasis on functions which have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations and functions of a complex variable. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent.) 351,352 Mechanics I, II A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (Three orle-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226 or 247) 362,363 ElectromagneticFields I, II The classical electromagneticfield theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's kuations, electric and magnetic properties of materials and the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247) 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics and modem physics. (One threehour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of physics with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, intaestd students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous s